1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
30 #include "blockinput.h"
31 #include "syssignal.h"
33 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
34 if this is not done before the other system files. */
36 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
38 /* If we have Xfixes extension, use it for pointer blanking. */
40 #include <X11/extensions/Xfixes.h>
43 /* Using Xft implies that XRender is available. */
45 #include <X11/extensions/Xrender.h>
48 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
49 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
51 #include <sys/types.h>
54 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
61 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
62 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
65 #include "character.h"
68 #include "dispextern.h"
70 #include "termhooks.h"
73 #include "emacs-icon.h"
78 #include "intervals.h"
83 #include "xsettings.h"
85 #include "sysselect.h"
89 #include <X11/Shell.h>
97 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
101 #if defined (USE_LUCID) || defined (USE_MOTIF)
102 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
106 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
108 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
109 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
111 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
113 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
114 #if defined USE_MOTIF
115 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* For LESSTIF_VERSION */
116 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
117 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
120 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
121 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
122 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
123 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
124 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
125 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
126 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
128 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
129 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
130 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
131 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
133 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
137 #ifndef XtNinitialState
138 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
142 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
145 #include <X11/XKBlib.h>
148 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
152 bool use_xim
= false; /* configure --without-xim */
155 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
158 static bool any_help_event_p
;
160 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
163 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
167 /* The application context for Xt use. */
168 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
169 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
171 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
172 static bool toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
174 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
176 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
177 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
178 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
180 static Time ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
182 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
184 static int x_noop_count
;
187 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
188 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
191 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
192 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
196 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
201 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
202 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
203 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
204 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
206 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
207 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
208 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
210 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
211 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
212 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
213 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
214 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
217 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
218 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, bool, int, int);
219 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
220 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
221 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
222 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
223 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
224 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
225 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
226 static void x_clear_area1 (Display
*, Window
, int, int, int, int, int);
227 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
228 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
229 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
230 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
231 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
232 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
233 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
234 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
235 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
236 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
237 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
238 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
240 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*,
241 enum glyph_row_area
, GC
);
242 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
243 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
244 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
245 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
, int);
246 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
247 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
248 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
250 static void x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
251 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
252 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
254 static bool x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, const XPropertyEvent
*);
255 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
256 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
257 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, bool);
258 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*,
259 const XEvent
*, int *,
260 struct input_event
*);
261 #if ! (defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_MOTIF)
262 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
264 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
265 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
266 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
267 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
268 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
269 static void x_initialize (void);
271 static bool get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*, Window
, int *, bool *);
273 /* Flush display of frame F. */
276 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
278 eassert (f
&& FRAME_X_P (f
));
279 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
280 connection may be broken. */
281 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
285 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
290 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
291 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
292 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
293 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
294 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
297 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
300 /***********************************************************************
302 ***********************************************************************/
306 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
307 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
315 struct record event_record
[100];
317 int event_record_index
;
320 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
322 if (event_record_index
== ARRAYELTS (event_record
))
323 event_record_index
= 0;
325 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
326 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
327 event_record_index
++;
332 static void x_prepare_for_xlibdraw (struct frame
*);
333 static void x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*, GC
, XRectangle
*, int);
334 static void x_reset_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*, GC
);
335 static void x_fill_rectangle (struct frame
*, GC
, int, int, int, int);
336 static void x_draw_rectangle (struct frame
*, GC
, int, int, int, int);
337 static void x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame
*, GC
, int, int,
339 static void x_clear_window (struct frame
*);
342 static struct x_gc_ext_data
*x_gc_get_ext_data (struct frame
*, GC
, int);
343 static void x_extension_initialize (struct x_display_info
*);
344 static cairo_status_t
x_cr_accumulate_data (void *,
345 const unsigned char *,
348 #define FRAME_CR_CONTEXT(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_context)
349 #define FRAME_CR_SURFACE(f) ((f)->output_data.x->cr_surface)
351 static struct x_gc_ext_data
*
352 x_gc_get_ext_data (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int create_if_not_found_p
)
354 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
356 XExtData
**head
, *ext_data
;
359 head
= XEHeadOfExtensionList (object
);
360 ext_data
= XFindOnExtensionList (head
, dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
);
361 if (ext_data
== NULL
)
363 if (!create_if_not_found_p
)
367 ext_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (*ext_data
));
368 ext_data
->number
= dpyinfo
->ext_codes
->extension
;
369 ext_data
->private_data
= xzalloc (sizeof (struct x_gc_ext_data
));
370 XAddToExtensionList (head
, ext_data
);
373 return (struct x_gc_ext_data
*) ext_data
->private_data
;
377 x_extension_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
379 XExtCodes
*ext_codes
= XAddExtension (dpyinfo
->display
);
381 dpyinfo
->ext_codes
= ext_codes
;
385 x_cr_destroy_surface (struct frame
*f
)
387 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
389 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
390 cairo_surface_destroy (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
391 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = 0;
392 if (cr
) cairo_destroy (cr
);
393 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
398 x_begin_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
400 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
405 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
407 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
408 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
410 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
411 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
),
412 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
));
413 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
414 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
417 cr
= cairo_create (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
));
418 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
424 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
426 if (gc_ext
&& gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
)
430 for (i
= 0; i
< gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
; i
++)
431 cairo_rectangle (cr
, gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].x
,
432 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].y
,
433 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].width
,
434 gc_ext
->clip_rects
[i
].height
);
443 x_end_cr_clip (struct frame
*f
)
445 cairo_restore (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
));
449 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
454 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
455 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.foreground
;
456 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
457 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
458 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
462 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
467 XGetGCValues (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
468 color
.pixel
= xgcv
.background
;
469 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
470 cairo_set_source_rgb (FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
), color
.red
/ 65535.0,
471 color
.green
/ 65535.0, color
.blue
/ 65535.0);
474 /* Fringe bitmaps. */
476 static int max_fringe_bmp
= 0;
477 static cairo_pattern_t
**fringe_bmp
= 0;
480 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap (int which
, unsigned short *bits
, int h
, int wd
)
483 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
485 cairo_pattern_t
*pattern
;
487 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
490 max_fringe_bmp
= which
+ 20;
491 fringe_bmp
= (cairo_pattern_t
**) xrealloc (fringe_bmp
, max_fringe_bmp
* sizeof (cairo_pattern_t
*));
492 while (i
< max_fringe_bmp
)
498 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
, wd
, h
);
499 stride
= cairo_image_surface_get_stride (surface
);
500 data
= cairo_image_surface_get_data (surface
);
502 for (i
= 0; i
< h
; i
++)
504 *((unsigned short *) data
) = bits
[i
];
508 cairo_surface_mark_dirty (surface
);
509 pattern
= cairo_pattern_create_for_surface (surface
);
510 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
514 fringe_bmp
[which
] = pattern
;
518 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap (int which
)
520 if (which
>= max_fringe_bmp
)
523 if (fringe_bmp
[which
])
526 cairo_pattern_destroy (fringe_bmp
[which
]);
529 fringe_bmp
[which
] = 0;
533 x_cr_draw_image (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, cairo_pattern_t
*image
,
534 int src_x
, int src_y
, int width
, int height
,
535 int dest_x
, int dest_y
, bool overlay_p
)
538 cairo_matrix_t matrix
;
539 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
540 cairo_format_t format
;
542 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
544 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
547 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
548 cairo_rectangle (cr
, dest_x
, dest_y
, width
, height
);
549 cairo_fill_preserve (cr
);
552 cairo_matrix_init_translate (&matrix
, src_x
- dest_x
, src_y
- dest_y
);
553 cairo_pattern_set_matrix (image
, &matrix
);
554 cairo_pattern_get_surface (image
, &surface
);
555 format
= cairo_image_surface_get_format (surface
);
556 if (format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A8
&& format
!= CAIRO_FORMAT_A1
)
558 cairo_set_source (cr
, image
);
563 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
564 cairo_mask (cr
, image
);
570 x_cr_draw_frame (cairo_t
*cr
, struct frame
*f
)
574 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
575 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
577 x_prepare_for_xlibdraw (f
);
578 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
579 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
580 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
581 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
584 static cairo_status_t
585 x_cr_accumulate_data (void *closure
, const unsigned char *data
,
588 Lisp_Object
*acc
= (Lisp_Object
*) closure
;
590 *acc
= Fcons (make_unibyte_string (data
, length
), *acc
);
592 return CAIRO_STATUS_SUCCESS
;
596 x_cr_destroy (Lisp_Object arg
)
598 cairo_t
*cr
= (cairo_t
*) XSAVE_POINTER (arg
, 0);
606 x_cr_export_frames (Lisp_Object frames
, cairo_surface_type_t surface_type
)
609 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
612 void (*surface_set_size_func
) (cairo_surface_t
*, double, double) = NULL
;
613 Lisp_Object acc
= Qnil
, args
[2];
614 int count
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
618 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
619 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
620 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
621 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
624 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PDF_SURFACE
625 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PDF
)
627 surface
= cairo_pdf_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
629 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_pdf_surface_set_size
;
633 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
634 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
635 surface
= cairo_image_surface_create (CAIRO_FORMAT_RGB24
, width
, height
);
638 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PS_SURFACE
639 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_PS
)
641 surface
= cairo_ps_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
643 surface_set_size_func
= cairo_ps_surface_set_size
;
647 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_SVG_SURFACE
648 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_SVG
)
649 surface
= cairo_svg_surface_create_for_stream (x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
,
655 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
656 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
657 record_unwind_protect (x_cr_destroy
, make_save_ptr (cr
));
665 x_prepare_for_xlibdraw (f
);
666 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = cr
;
667 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
668 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, width
, height
);
669 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
676 cairo_surface_show_page (surface
);
677 f
= XFRAME (XCAR (frames
));
678 frames
= XCDR (frames
);
679 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
680 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
681 if (surface_set_size_func
)
682 (*surface_set_size_func
) (surface
, width
, height
);
686 #ifdef CAIRO_HAS_PNG_FUNCTIONS
687 if (surface_type
== CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_IMAGE
)
690 cairo_surface_flush (surface
);
691 cairo_surface_write_to_png_stream (surface
, x_cr_accumulate_data
, &acc
);
695 unbind_to (count
, Qnil
);
697 args
[0] = intern ("concat");
698 args
[1] = Fnreverse (acc
);
699 return Fapply (2, args
);
702 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
705 x_prepare_for_xlibdraw (struct frame
*f
)
710 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
711 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
712 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
713 x_prepare_for_xlibdraw (XFRAME (frame
));
717 cairo_t
*cr
= FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
);
721 cairo_surface_t
*surface
= cairo_get_target (cr
);
723 if (cairo_surface_get_type (surface
) == CAIRO_SURFACE_TYPE_XLIB
)
726 FRAME_CR_CONTEXT (f
) = NULL
;
734 x_set_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, XRectangle
*rectangles
, int n
)
736 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, rectangles
, n
, Unsorted
);
738 eassert (n
>= 0 && n
<= MAX_CLIP_RECTS
);
741 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 1);
743 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= n
;
744 memcpy (gc_ext
->clip_rects
, rectangles
, sizeof (XRectangle
) * n
);
750 x_reset_clip_rectangles (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
)
752 XSetClipMask (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, None
);
755 struct x_gc_ext_data
*gc_ext
= x_gc_get_ext_data (f
, gc
, 0);
758 gc_ext
->n_clip_rects
= 0;
764 x_fill_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
769 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
770 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
771 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
775 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
776 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
781 x_draw_rectangle (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
786 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
787 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
788 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5, width
, height
);
789 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
793 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
794 gc
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
799 x_clear_window (struct frame
*f
)
804 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
805 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
809 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
815 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
816 int width
, int height
, int top_p
)
820 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
821 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
822 cairo_move_to (cr
, top_p
? x
: x
+ height
, y
);
823 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
, y
+ height
);
824 cairo_line_to (cr
, top_p
? x
+ width
- height
: x
+ width
, y
+ height
);
825 cairo_line_to (cr
, x
+ width
, y
);
832 CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
, /* 0 -> pi/2 */
833 CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
, /* pi/2 -> pi */
834 CORNER_TOP_LEFT
, /* pi -> 3pi/2 */
835 CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
, /* 3pi/2 -> 2pi */
840 x_erase_corners_for_relief (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
841 int width
, int height
,
842 double radius
, double margin
, int corners
)
847 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
848 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, gc
);
849 for (i
= 0; i
< CORNER_LAST
; i
++)
850 if (corners
& (1 << i
))
852 double xm
, ym
, xc
, yc
;
854 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
)
855 xm
= x
- margin
, xc
= xm
+ radius
;
857 xm
= x
+ width
+ margin
, xc
= xm
- radius
;
858 if (i
== CORNER_TOP_LEFT
|| i
== CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
)
859 ym
= y
- margin
, yc
= ym
+ radius
;
861 ym
= y
+ height
+ margin
, yc
= ym
- radius
;
863 cairo_move_to (cr
, xm
, ym
);
864 cairo_arc (cr
, xc
, yc
, radius
, i
* M_PI_2
, (i
+ 1) * M_PI_2
);
867 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
873 x_draw_horizontal_wave (struct frame
*f
, GC gc
, int x
, int y
,
874 int width
, int height
, int wave_length
)
877 double dx
= wave_length
, dy
= height
- 1;
880 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, gc
);
881 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_foreground (f
, gc
);
882 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
887 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2);
889 xoffset
= wave_length
* 2;
892 xoffset
= x
% (wave_length
* 2) + wave_length
* 2;
893 n
= (width
+ xoffset
) / wave_length
+ 1;
894 if (xoffset
> wave_length
)
896 xoffset
-= wave_length
;
902 cairo_move_to (cr
, x
- xoffset
+ 0.5, y
+ 0.5);
905 cairo_rel_line_to (cr
, dx
, dy
);
908 cairo_set_line_width (cr
, 1);
915 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
917 struct x_display_info
*
918 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
920 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
922 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
923 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
930 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
932 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
933 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
934 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
936 while (wi
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
940 unsigned int nchildren
;
943 if (XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
))
952 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
955 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
957 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
958 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
959 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
961 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
965 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
970 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
971 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
972 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
973 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
977 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
979 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
982 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
984 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
986 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
987 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
988 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
989 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
991 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
993 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
994 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
995 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
997 /* return unless necessary */
1002 unsigned long n
, left
;
1004 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
1005 0, 1, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
1006 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
1009 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
1011 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
1015 x_uncatch_errors ();
1021 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
1022 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
1023 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1);
1024 x_uncatch_errors ();
1027 /***********************************************************************
1028 Starting and ending an update
1029 ***********************************************************************/
1031 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
1032 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
1033 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
1034 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
1035 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
1038 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
1041 if (! FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1045 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1047 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1048 width
= gdk_window_get_width (w
);
1049 height
= gdk_window_get_height (w
);
1054 width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1055 height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1056 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1057 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1058 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1059 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1062 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
1065 FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
) = cairo_image_surface_create
1066 (CAIRO_FORMAT_ARGB32
, width
, height
);
1070 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1073 /* Start update of window W. */
1076 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
1078 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1079 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
1081 w
->output_cursor
= w
->cursor
;
1085 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
1087 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
1088 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= true;
1090 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
1092 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
1093 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1100 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
1103 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
1105 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1108 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
1110 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1114 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1116 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
1117 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
1121 /* Draw a window divider from (x0,y0) to (x1,y1) */
1124 x_draw_window_divider (struct window
*w
, int x0
, int x1
, int y0
, int y1
)
1126 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1127 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FACE_ID
);
1128 struct face
*face_first
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_FIRST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1129 struct face
*face_last
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, WINDOW_DIVIDER_LAST_PIXEL_FACE_ID
);
1130 unsigned long color
= face
? face
->foreground
: FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
1131 unsigned long color_first
= (face_first
1132 ? face_first
->foreground
1133 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1134 unsigned long color_last
= (face_last
1135 ? face_last
->foreground
1136 : FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
1137 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1139 if (y1
- y0
> x1
- x0
&& x1
- x0
> 2)
1142 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1143 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1144 x0
, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1145 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1146 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1147 x0
+ 1, y0
, x1
- x0
- 2, y1
- y0
);
1148 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1149 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1150 x1
- 1, y0
, 1, y1
- y0
);
1152 else if (x1
- x0
> y1
- y0
&& y1
- y0
> 3)
1155 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_first
);
1156 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1157 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, 1);
1158 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1159 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1160 x0
, y0
+ 1, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
- 2);
1161 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color_last
);
1162 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1163 x0
, y1
- 1, x1
- x0
, 1);
1167 XSetForeground (display
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, color
);
1168 x_fill_rectangle (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
1169 x0
, y0
, x1
- x0
, y1
- y0
);
1173 /* End update of window W.
1175 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
1176 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
1178 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
1179 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
1180 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
1182 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
1183 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
1187 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, bool cursor_on_p
,
1188 bool mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1190 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1195 display_and_set_cursor (w
, true,
1196 w
->output_cursor
.hpos
, w
->output_cursor
.vpos
,
1197 w
->output_cursor
.x
, w
->output_cursor
.y
);
1199 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, true))
1201 if (WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
))
1202 x_draw_right_divider (w
);
1204 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
1210 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
1211 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
1212 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
1214 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
1216 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
1217 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
1218 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
1223 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
1227 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
1229 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
1230 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= false;
1233 if (FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
))
1237 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (HAVE_GTK3)
1238 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
1240 GdkWindow
*w
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
1241 cr
= gdk_cairo_create (w
);
1246 cairo_surface_t
*surface
;
1247 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1248 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1249 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_TOOL_BAR (f
))
1250 height
+= FRAME_TOOL_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1251 if (! FRAME_EXTERNAL_MENU_BAR (f
))
1252 height
+= FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
);
1253 surface
= cairo_xlib_surface_create (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
1255 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->visual
,
1258 cr
= cairo_create (surface
);
1259 cairo_surface_destroy (surface
);
1262 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, FRAME_CR_SURFACE (f
), 0, 0);
1267 #endif /* USE_CAIRO */
1271 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
1277 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c
1278 whenever a complete update has been performed. */
1281 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
1284 FRAME_MOUSE_UPDATE (f
);
1288 /* Clear under internal border if any (GTK has its own version). */
1291 x_clear_under_internal_border (struct frame
*f
)
1293 if (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
1295 int border
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
1296 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
1297 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
1298 int margin
= FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
);
1301 x_clear_area (f
, 0, 0, border
, height
);
1302 x_clear_area (f
, 0, margin
, width
, border
);
1303 x_clear_area (f
, width
- border
, 0, border
, height
);
1304 x_clear_area (f
, 0, height
- border
, width
, border
);
1310 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
1311 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
1312 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. This function is called from
1313 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
1314 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
1317 x_after_update_window_line (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
1321 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
1322 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= true;
1324 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1325 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
1326 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
1327 check here if updated window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
1328 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
1329 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
1330 overhead is very small. */
1335 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
1336 && desired_row
->full_width_p
1337 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
1338 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
1340 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
1343 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
1346 x_clear_area (f
, 0, y
, width
, height
);
1347 x_clear_area (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
, y
, width
, height
);
1355 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
1357 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
1358 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1359 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
1360 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
1361 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
1363 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
1364 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, ANY_AREA
, gc
);
1366 if (p
->bx
>= 0 && !p
->overlay_p
)
1368 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
1369 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
1370 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
1371 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
1373 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1375 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
1377 x_fill_rectangle (f
, face
->gc
, p
->bx
, p
->by
, p
->nx
, p
->ny
);
1380 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
1384 if (p
->which
&& p
->which
< max_fringe_bmp
)
1388 XGetGCValues (display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &gcv
);
1389 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, (p
->cursor_p
1390 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1391 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1392 : face
->foreground
));
1393 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, face
->background
);
1394 x_cr_draw_image (f
, gc
, fringe_bmp
[p
->which
], 0, p
->dh
,
1395 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
, p
->overlay_p
);
1396 XSetForeground (display
, gc
, gcv
.foreground
);
1397 XSetBackground (display
, gc
, gcv
.background
);
1399 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
1403 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1404 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
1408 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
1410 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
1412 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
1414 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
1416 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
1417 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
1418 : face
->foreground
),
1419 face
->background
, depth
);
1423 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
1424 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
1427 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
1428 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
1429 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
1430 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
1433 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
1434 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
1435 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
1439 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
1440 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
1441 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
1444 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
1446 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
1449 /***********************************************************************
1451 ***********************************************************************/
1455 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
1456 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1457 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1458 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1459 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
1460 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1461 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
1462 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
1463 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1464 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1465 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
1466 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
1467 unsigned long *, double, int);
1468 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
1469 double, int, unsigned long);
1470 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
1471 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
1472 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
1473 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
1474 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
1475 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
1477 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
1478 int, bool, bool, bool, bool, bool,
1480 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
1481 int, bool, bool, XRectangle
*);
1482 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
1485 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
1489 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
1493 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1495 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
1496 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1497 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
1499 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
1502 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
1506 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
1507 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1509 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
1510 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1511 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1512 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1513 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
1514 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
1515 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1517 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
1518 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
1519 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
1521 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1522 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
1525 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
1526 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1527 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1529 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1530 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1533 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1534 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1536 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1541 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
1544 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1549 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
1550 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
1551 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1553 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
1555 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1556 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
1558 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
1559 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
1560 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1562 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1563 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1566 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1571 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1572 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1573 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1574 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1576 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1577 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1580 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1581 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1583 s
->gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1586 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1590 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1591 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1592 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1595 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1597 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1601 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1602 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1606 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1608 prepare_face_for_display (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1610 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1612 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1613 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1615 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1617 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1618 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1620 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1622 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1623 s
->stippled_p
= false;
1625 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1627 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1628 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1630 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1631 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1633 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1634 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1639 /* GC must have been set. */
1640 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1644 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1645 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1648 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1650 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1651 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1654 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, r
, n
);
1659 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1660 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1664 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1669 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1671 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1674 x_set_clip_rectangles (dst
->f
, dst
->gc
, &r
, 1);
1679 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1682 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1685 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1686 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1688 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1690 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1692 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1693 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1696 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1697 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1698 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1702 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1704 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1706 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1707 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1708 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1712 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1713 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1718 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1721 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1724 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1725 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1726 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1727 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1731 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1732 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1733 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1734 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1735 contains the first component of a composition. */
1738 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, bool force_p
)
1740 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1741 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1742 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1744 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1748 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1749 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1750 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1751 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1752 s
->background_width
,
1753 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1754 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1755 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1757 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1758 || s
->font_not_found_p
1759 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1762 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1763 s
->background_width
,
1764 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1765 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
1771 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1774 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1778 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1779 of S to the right of that box line. */
1780 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1781 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1782 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1786 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1788 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1790 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1792 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1793 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
,
1794 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1796 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1801 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1802 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1805 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1806 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1808 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1810 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1811 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, false);
1813 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, true);
1814 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1815 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1819 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1822 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1825 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1827 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1828 of S to the right of that box line. */
1829 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1830 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1831 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1835 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1836 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1837 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1838 this composition. */
1840 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1841 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1842 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1844 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1845 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1846 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1848 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1852 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1853 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1854 space on the left or right. */
1855 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1857 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1858 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1860 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, false);
1861 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1862 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, false);
1867 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1872 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1874 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1875 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1876 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1879 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1883 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1884 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1885 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1888 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1889 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1890 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1891 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, false);
1892 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1893 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
,
1902 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, false);
1903 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1904 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, false);
1910 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1913 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1915 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1919 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1920 of S to the right of that box line. */
1921 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1922 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1923 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1929 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1931 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1932 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1934 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1937 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1938 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1942 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1943 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1944 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1945 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1946 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1947 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1950 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1952 sprintf (buf
, "%0*X",
1953 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1954 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1960 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1963 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1964 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1966 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1967 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1969 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1970 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1971 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1973 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1974 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1975 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1978 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1979 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
1980 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1981 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1982 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1983 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1987 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1991 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1992 cannot be determined. */
1994 static struct frame
*
1995 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1997 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1998 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
2001 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
2003 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
2004 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
2005 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
2006 x_any_window_to_frame. */
2007 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
2008 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
2010 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
2011 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
2012 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
2016 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
2017 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
2018 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
2024 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2025 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2026 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2027 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2028 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2029 Value is true if successful. */
2032 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2033 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2035 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
2036 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
2039 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
2042 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
2043 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
2045 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
2047 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
2049 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
2054 /* The address of this variable is returned by
2055 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2057 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2060 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
2062 DPY is the display we are working on.
2064 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
2065 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
2066 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
2067 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
2069 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
2070 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
2072 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
2073 we allocated the color or not.
2075 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
2078 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
2079 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
2080 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
2090 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2091 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2093 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
2097 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2098 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2099 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
2101 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
2103 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2104 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
2106 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
2108 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
2109 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
2111 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
2112 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
2114 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
2115 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
2120 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
2122 params
[0] = color_name
;
2123 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
2124 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
2125 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
2130 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
2132 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
2134 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2138 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
2142 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
2143 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
2146 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
2151 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
2152 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
2153 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
2155 APP is the application context in which we work.
2157 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
2158 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
2159 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
2161 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
2164 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
2169 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
2171 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
2174 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
2176 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
2177 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
2178 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
2179 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
2180 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
2185 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
2188 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
2189 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
2190 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
2191 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
2193 static const XColor
*
2194 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
2196 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2198 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
2200 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
2201 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
2204 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
2205 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2206 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
2208 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
2209 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
2211 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
2212 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
2215 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
2216 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
2220 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
2221 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
2224 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
2226 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2228 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
2231 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
2233 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
2234 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
2235 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
2236 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
2240 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
2244 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
2245 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
2248 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
2250 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
2254 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
2255 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
2256 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
2260 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2264 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2267 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
2268 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
2269 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
2270 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
2272 int max_color_delta
= 255;
2273 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
2274 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
2276 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
2278 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
2280 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
2281 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
2282 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
2283 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
2285 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
2288 nearest_delta
= delta
;
2292 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
2293 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
2294 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
2295 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
2299 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
2300 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
2301 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
2302 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
2303 XColor
*cached_color
;
2305 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
2306 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
2307 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
2308 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
2309 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
2311 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
2312 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
2313 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
2317 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2319 register_color (color
->pixel
);
2320 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
2326 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
2327 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
2328 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
2332 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
2334 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
2335 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
2339 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
2340 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
2341 get color reference counts right. */
2344 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, unsigned long pixel
)
2348 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
2350 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2351 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
2353 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
2354 register_color (pixel
);
2360 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
2363 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
2364 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
2365 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
2366 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
2367 use an additional additive factor.
2369 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
2370 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
2371 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
2374 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
2375 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
2376 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
2377 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
2378 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
2379 Value is non-zero if successful. */
2382 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
2383 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
2389 /* Get RGB color values. */
2390 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
2391 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
2393 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
2394 eassert (factor
>= 0);
2395 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
2396 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
2397 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
2399 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
2400 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
2402 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
2403 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
2404 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
2405 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
2406 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
2408 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
2409 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
2410 /* The additive adjustment. */
2411 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
2415 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
2416 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
2417 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
2421 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
2422 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
2423 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
2427 /* Try to allocate the color. */
2428 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2431 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
2433 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
2434 delta to the RGB values. */
2435 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
2437 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
2438 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
2439 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
2440 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
2451 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
2452 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
2453 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
2454 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
2455 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
2456 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
2459 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
,
2460 int delta
, unsigned long default_pixel
)
2463 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
2464 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
2465 unsigned long pixel
;
2466 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
2467 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
2468 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
2469 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2471 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
2472 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
2474 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
2475 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
2476 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
2477 if (relief
->gc
&& relief
->pixel
!= -1)
2479 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
2483 /* Allocate new color. */
2484 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
2486 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
2487 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
2488 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
2490 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
2492 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
2494 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
2497 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2501 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
2504 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2506 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
2507 unsigned long color
;
2509 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
2510 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
2511 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
2513 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
2514 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
2519 /* Get the background color of the face. */
2520 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2521 color
= xgcv
.background
;
2524 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
2525 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
2527 di
->relief_background
= color
;
2528 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
2529 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2530 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
2531 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
2536 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
2537 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
2538 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P means draw a raised
2539 relief. LEFT_P means draw a relief on the left side of
2540 the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a relief on the right
2541 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
2545 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
2546 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
,
2547 int width
, bool raised_p
, bool top_p
, bool bot_p
,
2548 bool left_p
, bool right_p
,
2549 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2552 GC top_left_gc
, bottom_right_gc
;
2557 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2558 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2562 top_left_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2563 bottom_right_gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2566 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2567 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2571 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2572 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2574 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_LEFT
;
2576 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_LEFT
;
2580 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, right_x
+ 1 - width
, top_y
,
2581 width
, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2583 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_TOP_RIGHT
;
2585 corners
|= 1 << CORNER_BOTTOM_RIGHT
;
2590 x_fill_rectangle (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2591 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2593 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2594 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 1);
2599 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2600 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
);
2602 x_fill_trapezoid_for_relief (f
, bottom_right_gc
,
2603 left_x
, bottom_y
+ 1 - width
,
2604 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, width
, 0);
2606 if (left_p
&& width
!= 1)
2607 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2608 1, bottom_y
+ 1 - top_y
);
2609 if (top_p
&& width
!= 1)
2610 x_fill_rectangle (f
, bottom_right_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2611 right_x
+ 1 - left_x
, 1);
2614 XSetBackground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), top_left_gc
,
2615 FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
2616 x_erase_corners_for_relief (f
, top_left_gc
, left_x
, top_y
,
2617 right_x
- left_x
+ 1, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1,
2621 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, top_left_gc
);
2622 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, bottom_right_gc
);
2624 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
2625 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2630 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2632 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2633 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2635 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2636 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2637 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2644 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2645 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2646 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2648 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2649 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2650 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2651 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2658 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2660 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2661 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2663 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2664 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2665 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2666 left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2669 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2671 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2673 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2674 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2678 /* Outermost top line. */
2680 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2681 left_x
+ left_p
, top_y
,
2682 right_x
+ !right_p
, top_y
);
2684 /* Outermost left line. */
2686 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2692 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2693 left_x
+ left_p
, bottom_y
,
2694 right_x
+ !right_p
, bottom_y
);
2695 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2696 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2697 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2698 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2704 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2705 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2706 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2707 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2708 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ (i
+ 1) * top_p
,
2709 right_x
- i
, bottom_y
+ 1 - (i
+ 1) * bot_p
);
2712 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
2718 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2719 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2720 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P means draw a line on the
2721 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P means draw a line
2722 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2723 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2726 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2727 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2728 bool left_p
, bool right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2732 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2733 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2734 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
, clip_rect
, 1);
2737 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2738 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2742 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2743 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2746 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2747 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2751 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2752 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2754 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2755 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
2759 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2762 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2764 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
;
2765 bool raised_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2766 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2767 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2769 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2770 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2771 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2773 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2774 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2776 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2778 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2779 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2781 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2783 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2785 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2787 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2788 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2790 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2791 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2792 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2794 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2796 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2798 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2799 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2800 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2803 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2804 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2805 width
, raised_p
, true, true, left_p
, right_p
,
2811 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2814 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2817 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2819 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2820 right of that line. */
2821 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2822 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2824 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2826 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2828 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2829 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2830 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2831 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2837 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2838 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2839 trust on the shape extension to be available
2840 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2842 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2845 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2847 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2848 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2849 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2850 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2851 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2853 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2856 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2857 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2858 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2859 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2860 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2861 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2865 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2867 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2870 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2871 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2872 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2873 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2874 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2875 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2877 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2878 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2879 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2880 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2881 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2882 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2883 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2885 int relief
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2886 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
2887 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2888 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2889 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2894 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2895 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2896 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2900 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2903 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2906 bool raised_p
, top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
;
2907 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2910 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2912 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2913 right of that line. */
2914 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2915 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2917 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2919 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2921 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2922 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2923 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2924 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2926 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2927 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2929 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2930 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2934 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2935 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2938 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
- 1;
2939 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
- 1;
2941 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2942 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2944 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2945 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2946 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2948 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2949 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2951 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2952 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2955 top_p
= bot_p
= left_p
= right_p
= false;
2957 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2958 x
-= thick
+ extra_x
, left_p
= true;
2959 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2960 y
-= thick
+ extra_y
, top_p
= true;
2961 if (s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
)
2962 x1
+= thick
+ extra_x
, right_p
= true;
2963 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
)
2964 y1
+= thick
+ extra_y
, bot_p
= true;
2966 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2967 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2968 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x
, y
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2969 top_p
, bot_p
, left_p
, right_p
, &r
);
2973 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2976 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2979 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2981 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2982 right of that line. */
2983 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2984 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2986 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2988 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2990 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2991 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2992 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2993 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2999 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
3000 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
3001 trust on the shape extension to be available
3002 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
3004 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
3008 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
3009 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
3010 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
3011 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
3012 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
3014 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3015 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3016 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3017 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3021 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3022 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
3023 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
3025 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
3026 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
3027 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
3028 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
3029 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
3030 nothing here for mouse-face. */
3031 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
3033 int r
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
3034 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
3035 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
3036 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
3041 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
3042 x_draw_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
3043 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
3047 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
3048 give the rectangle to draw. */
3051 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
3055 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3056 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3057 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3058 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3061 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3065 /* Draw image glyph string S.
3068 s->x +-------------------------
3071 | +-------------------------
3074 | | +-------------------
3080 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3082 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
3083 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
3085 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
3088 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3089 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3090 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
3091 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
3093 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
3094 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
3096 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
3097 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
3101 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
3102 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
3106 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
3107 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
3108 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
3109 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
3110 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
3112 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
3113 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
3114 s
->background_width
,
3117 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
3119 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
3121 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
3124 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3125 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3126 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
3127 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3128 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3129 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
3130 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
3135 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
3137 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3138 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
3139 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
3140 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3147 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3149 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
3152 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
3153 width
-= box_line_hwidth
;
3156 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
3157 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
3159 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3162 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3165 /* Draw the foreground. */
3166 if (s
->img
->cr_data
)
3168 cairo_t
*cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3170 int x
= s
->x
+ s
->img
->hmargin
;
3171 int y
= s
->y
+ s
->img
->vmargin
;
3172 int width
= s
->background_width
;
3174 cairo_set_source_surface (cr
, s
->img
->cr_data
,
3177 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3179 x_end_cr_clip (s
->f
);
3181 else if (pixmap
!= None
)
3183 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
3184 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3185 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
3186 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
3187 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
3190 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
3192 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
3194 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
3195 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
3196 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
3200 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
3203 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3205 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
3207 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
3208 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
3210 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
3211 wide as the stretch glyph. */
3212 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3215 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3217 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3221 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3227 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
3229 int right_x
= window_box_right (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3231 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
3232 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
3233 x
+= background_width
;
3235 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
3236 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3240 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
3242 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
3243 if (width
< background_width
)
3246 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
3250 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
3254 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
3255 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
3257 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
3263 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
3264 x_set_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
, &r
, 1);
3266 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
3268 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
3269 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
3270 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3271 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
3276 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
3277 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
3278 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
3279 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3282 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, gc
);
3285 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
3287 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
3288 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
3290 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
3291 except for header line and mode line. */
3292 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
3294 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
3297 if (background_width
> 0)
3298 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
3301 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3305 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
3311 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
3316 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3318 int wave_height
= 3, wave_length
= 2;
3320 x_draw_horizontal_wave (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3,
3321 s
->width
, wave_height
, wave_length
);
3322 #else /* not USE_CAIRO */
3323 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, xmax
;
3325 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
3328 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
3330 y0
= s
->ybase
- wave_height
+ 3;
3334 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
3338 wave_clip
.width
= width
;
3339 wave_clip
.height
= wave_height
;
3340 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
3342 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
3345 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
3347 /* Draw the waves */
3349 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
3351 odd
= (x1
/ dx
) & 1;
3359 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
3364 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
3366 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
3370 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
3371 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
3372 #endif /* not USE_CAIRO */
3376 /* Draw glyph string S. */
3379 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
3381 bool relief_drawn_p
= false;
3383 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
3384 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
3385 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
3386 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
3389 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3391 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
3392 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
3393 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
3394 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
3396 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3397 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
3398 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
3399 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
3401 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, true);
3402 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3406 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
3407 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
3409 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
3410 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
3411 if (!s
->for_overlaps
3412 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
3413 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
3414 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
3417 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3418 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3419 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3420 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3421 relief_drawn_p
= true;
3423 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
3425 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
3426 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
3427 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
3428 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
3429 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
3430 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
3432 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
3434 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
3437 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
3441 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
3445 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3446 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3448 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, false);
3449 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3452 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
3453 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
3454 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
3455 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3457 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3458 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3461 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
3462 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
3463 s
->background_filled_p
= true;
3465 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, true);
3466 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
3473 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
3475 /* Draw underline. */
3476 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
3478 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
3480 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3481 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3485 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3486 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3487 x_draw_underwave (s
);
3488 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3491 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3493 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
3496 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
3497 && s
->prev
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
3499 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
3500 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
3501 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
3505 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
3506 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
3507 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
3510 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
3511 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3514 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
3515 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
3516 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
3517 specs, and its default is
3519 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
3520 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
3522 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
3523 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
3524 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
3526 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
3528 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
3530 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
3532 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
3533 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
3534 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
3535 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
3536 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
3537 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
3538 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
3539 s
->underline_position
= position
;
3540 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
3541 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
3542 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3543 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3547 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3548 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
3549 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
,
3550 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
3551 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3555 /* Draw overline. */
3556 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
3558 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
3560 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
3561 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3566 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3567 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
3568 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3570 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3574 /* Draw strike-through. */
3575 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
3577 unsigned long h
= 1;
3578 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
3580 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
3581 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3586 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
3587 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
3588 x_fill_rectangle (s
->f
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
3590 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
3594 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
3595 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
3596 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
3600 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
3602 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
3603 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
3604 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
3606 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
3607 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3608 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
3611 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
3612 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
3613 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3614 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3616 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
3617 x_reset_clip_rectangles (prev
->f
, prev
->gc
);
3619 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
3625 struct glyph_string
*next
;
3627 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
3628 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
3629 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
3631 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
3632 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
3633 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
3636 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
3637 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
3638 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
3639 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3641 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
3642 x_reset_clip_rectangles (next
->f
, next
->gc
);
3644 next
->num_clips
= 0;
3645 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
3650 /* Reset clipping. */
3651 x_reset_clip_rectangles (s
->f
, s
->gc
);
3655 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
3658 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3660 x_prepare_for_xlibdraw (f
);
3661 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3662 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3663 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3667 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3671 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3677 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3678 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3681 x_clear_area1 (Display
*dpy
, Window window
,
3682 int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3684 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3685 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3690 x_clear_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
3695 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3697 cr
= x_begin_cr_clip (f
, NULL
);
3698 x_set_cr_source_with_gc_background (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
);
3699 cairo_rectangle (cr
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
3703 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3704 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
3709 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3712 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3714 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3716 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3722 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3723 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3724 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3726 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3727 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3728 redisplay, do it here. */
3729 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3730 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3733 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3738 /* RIF: Show hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3741 x_show_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3743 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
3747 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3748 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
3751 if (FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
))
3754 x
->hourglass_p
= true;
3756 if (!x
->hourglass_window
)
3758 unsigned long mask
= CWCursor
;
3759 XSetWindowAttributes attrs
;
3761 Window parent
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
3763 Window parent
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
3765 attrs
.cursor
= x
->hourglass_cursor
;
3767 x
->hourglass_window
= XCreateWindow
3768 (dpy
, parent
, 0, 0, 32000, 32000, 0, 0,
3769 InputOnly
, CopyFromParent
, mask
, &attrs
);
3772 XMapRaised (dpy
, x
->hourglass_window
);
3778 /* RIF: Cancel hourglass cursor on frame F. */
3781 x_hide_hourglass (struct frame
*f
)
3783 struct x_output
*x
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
);
3785 /* Watch out for newly created frames. */
3786 if (x
->hourglass_window
)
3788 XUnmapWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), x
->hourglass_window
);
3789 /* Sync here because XTread_socket looks at the
3790 hourglass_p flag that is reset to zero below. */
3791 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
3792 x
->hourglass_p
= false;
3796 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3799 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3805 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3806 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3807 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3809 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3810 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3811 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3812 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3814 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3818 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3821 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3822 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3823 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3824 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3825 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3826 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3827 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, true, x, y, w, h)
3828 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3829 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3832 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3833 pixels into background pixels. */
3837 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3838 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3839 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3841 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3842 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3846 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3847 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
3848 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3849 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3850 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3851 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3852 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3853 int width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3855 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3856 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3858 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3860 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3861 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3862 width
, flash_height
);
3863 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3865 (height
- flash_height
3866 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3867 width
, flash_height
);
3871 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3872 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3873 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3874 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3879 struct timespec delay
= make_timespec (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3880 struct timespec wakeup
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), delay
);
3882 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3884 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3886 struct timespec current
= current_timespec ();
3887 struct timespec timeout
;
3889 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3890 if (timespec_cmp (wakeup
, current
) <= 0)
3893 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3894 timeout
= make_timespec (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3896 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3897 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3901 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3902 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3904 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3906 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3907 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3908 width
, flash_height
);
3909 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3911 (height
- flash_height
3912 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3913 width
, flash_height
);
3916 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3917 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3918 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3919 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3925 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3927 #undef XFillRectangle
3929 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3940 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
3943 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, invisible
);
3948 /* Make audible bell. */
3951 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3953 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3961 XkbBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, 0, None
);
3963 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3965 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3971 /***********************************************************************
3973 ***********************************************************************/
3975 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3976 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3979 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3985 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3988 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3990 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3991 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3993 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3994 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3996 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3998 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3999 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
4000 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
4004 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
4005 line at the bottom. */
4006 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4007 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
4009 height
= run
->height
;
4013 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
4015 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
4016 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
4018 height
= run
->height
;
4023 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
4027 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
4029 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4030 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4031 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
4042 /***********************************************************************
4044 ***********************************************************************/
4048 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
4050 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4051 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4052 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4053 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4055 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
4056 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
4057 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
4058 because of this (bug#9310). */
4059 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4060 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4061 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
4062 x_uncatch_errors ();
4064 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4065 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4069 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
4071 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
4072 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
4073 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
4074 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
4076 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
4077 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
4078 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4079 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
4080 x_uncatch_errors ();
4082 x_update_cursor (f
, true);
4083 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
4086 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
4087 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
4088 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
4089 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
4090 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
4093 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
4095 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4097 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4099 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
4100 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
4101 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
4103 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
4104 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
4106 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
4107 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4109 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
4112 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
4115 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
4116 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
4117 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
4120 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4122 if (type
== FocusIn
)
4124 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
4126 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
4127 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
4129 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
4130 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
4131 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
4132 bufp
->arg
= (((NILP (Vterminal_frame
)
4133 || ! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (Vterminal_frame
))
4134 || EQ (Fdaemonp (), Qt
))
4135 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
4136 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
4138 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
4139 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4142 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
4145 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4146 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4149 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
4151 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
4153 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
4155 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
4156 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
4158 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_OUT_EVENT
;
4159 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
4163 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
4164 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
4166 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
4167 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, false);
4171 /* Return the Emacs frame-object corresponding to an X window.
4172 It could be the frame's main window or an icon window. */
4174 static struct frame
*
4175 x_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4177 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4183 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4186 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4188 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4190 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4191 if ((f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4192 && XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
) == wdesc
)
4193 /* A tooltip frame? */
4194 || (!f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
4195 && FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4196 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4198 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4200 if (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
)
4202 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4203 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4204 if (gwdesc
!= 0 && gwdesc
== x
->edit_widget
)
4207 #endif /* USE_GTK */
4208 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
4209 || f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
== wdesc
)
4211 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4216 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
4218 /* Like x_window_to_frame but also compares the window with the widget's
4221 static struct frame
*
4222 x_any_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4224 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4225 struct frame
*f
, *found
= NULL
;
4231 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4236 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
4238 /* This frame matches if the window is any of its widgets. */
4239 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4240 if (x
->hourglass_window
== wdesc
)
4245 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4247 && gtk_widget_get_toplevel (gwdesc
) == x
->widget
)
4250 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
)
4251 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->column_widget
)
4252 || wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->edit_widget
))
4254 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4255 else if (lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4259 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4260 /* A tooltip frame. */
4268 /* Likewise, but consider only the menu bar widget. */
4270 static struct frame
*
4271 x_menubar_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
4272 const XEvent
*event
)
4274 Window wdesc
= event
->xany
.window
;
4275 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4282 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4285 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4287 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4289 if (x
->menubar_widget
&& xg_event_is_for_menubar (f
, event
))
4292 /* Match if the window is this frame's menubar. */
4293 if (x
->menubar_widget
4294 && lw_window_is_in_menubar (wdesc
, x
->menubar_widget
))
4301 /* Return the frame whose principal (outermost) window is WDESC.
4302 If WDESC is some other (smaller) window, we return 0. */
4305 x_top_window_to_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int wdesc
)
4307 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4314 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4317 if (!FRAME_X_P (f
) || FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) != dpyinfo
)
4319 x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
4323 /* This frame matches if the window is its topmost widget. */
4325 GtkWidget
*gwdesc
= xg_win_to_widget (dpyinfo
->display
, wdesc
);
4326 if (gwdesc
== x
->widget
)
4329 if (wdesc
== XtWindow (x
->widget
))
4333 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == wdesc
)
4334 /* Tooltip frame. */
4340 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT && !USE_GTK */
4342 #define x_any_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4343 #define x_top_window_to_frame(d, i) x_window_to_frame (d, i)
4345 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
4347 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
4348 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
4350 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
4353 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
,
4354 const XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
4359 switch (event
->type
)
4364 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
4366 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
4368 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
4369 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
4370 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
4371 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4373 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4379 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
4380 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
4381 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
4382 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4386 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
4388 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
4389 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
4390 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
4397 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
4398 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
4401 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4403 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
4407 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
4408 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
4409 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
4411 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
4412 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
4413 the appropriate X display info. */
4416 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
4418 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
4422 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4424 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
4426 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
4428 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
4429 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
4430 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
4431 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
4432 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
4434 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
4435 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
4439 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
4441 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
4444 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
4445 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
4446 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
4452 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
4454 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
4456 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
4458 int min_code
, max_code
;
4461 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
4463 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
4464 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
4465 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4466 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
4467 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
4469 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
4471 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
4472 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
4474 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
4476 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
4477 Alt keysyms are on. */
4479 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
4480 bool found_alt_or_meta
;
4482 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
4484 found_alt_or_meta
= false;
4485 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
4487 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
4489 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
4493 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
4497 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
4499 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
4505 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4506 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4511 found_alt_or_meta
= true;
4512 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4517 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4518 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4519 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4520 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4525 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
4526 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
4527 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4528 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4532 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
4533 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
4534 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
4535 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
4536 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
4545 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
4546 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4548 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
4549 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
4552 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
4553 make them just meta, not alt. */
4554 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
4556 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
4560 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
4563 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
4567 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
4569 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4570 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4571 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4572 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4575 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4576 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4577 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4578 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4579 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4580 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4581 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4582 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
4584 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
4585 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
4586 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
4587 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
4588 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
4589 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
4593 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
4595 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
4596 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
4597 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
4598 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
4602 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4603 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
4604 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4605 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
4606 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4607 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
4608 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
4609 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
4612 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
4613 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
4614 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
4615 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
4616 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
4617 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
4620 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
4623 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
4628 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
4634 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah.
4636 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
4637 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
4638 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
4639 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
4641 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
4643 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
4644 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
4645 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
4646 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
4647 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
4648 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
4649 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
4650 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
4651 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
4654 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
4656 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
4660 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
,
4661 const XButtonEvent
*event
,
4664 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
4666 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
4667 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
4668 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
4669 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
4671 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
4675 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
4676 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
4677 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
4682 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
4683 The input handler calls this.
4685 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
4686 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
4687 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
4688 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
4691 note_mouse_movement (struct frame
*frame
, const XMotionEvent
*event
)
4694 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
4696 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
4699 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
);
4700 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
4701 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_frame
= frame
;
4702 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_x
= event
->x
;
4703 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_motion_y
= event
->y
;
4705 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
4707 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4708 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4709 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
4710 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
4715 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
4716 r
= &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
;
4717 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
4718 || event
->x
< r
->x
|| event
->x
>= r
->x
+ r
->width
4719 || event
->y
< r
->y
|| event
->y
>= r
->y
+ r
->height
)
4721 frame
->mouse_moved
= true;
4722 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4723 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
4724 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
4725 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, r
);
4726 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
4733 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
4734 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
4736 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
4737 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
4738 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
4739 position on the scroll bar.
4741 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
4742 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
4745 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
4746 was at this position.
4748 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
4750 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
4754 XTmouse_position (struct frame
**fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
4755 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
4759 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
4763 if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
&& insist
== 0)
4765 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
4767 if (bar
->horizontal
)
4768 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4770 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
4777 Window dummy_window
;
4780 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
4782 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
4783 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4784 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
4785 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
4786 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= false;
4788 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
4790 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
4791 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4792 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
4794 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
4797 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
4798 a different screen. */
4801 /* The position on that root window. */
4804 /* More trash we can't trust. */
4807 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
4809 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
4811 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
4812 containing the pointer. */
4816 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
4820 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
4821 structure is changing at the same time this function
4822 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
4824 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
4826 if (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
))
4828 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
4829 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
4830 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4836 FRAME_X_WINDOW (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
),
4838 /* From-position, to-position. */
4839 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4843 f1
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
;
4849 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
4851 /* From-window, to-window. */
4854 /* From-position, to-position. */
4855 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4860 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4863 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4864 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4865 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4866 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4867 if (x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
))
4875 /* Now we know that:
4876 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4877 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4878 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4879 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4880 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4881 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4882 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4883 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4884 never use them in that case.) */
4887 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4888 want the edit window. */
4889 f1
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4891 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4892 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, win
);
4895 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4896 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4899 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4900 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4902 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4905 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4908 x_uncatch_errors ();
4910 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4913 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4915 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
, 2);
4919 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4925 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4926 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4930 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4931 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4932 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4933 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4934 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4935 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4936 the frame are divided into. */
4938 /* FIXME: what if F1 is not an X frame? */
4939 dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f1
);
4940 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph
);
4941 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4946 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4947 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4948 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
4958 /***********************************************************************
4960 ***********************************************************************/
4962 /* Scroll bar support. */
4964 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4966 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4969 static struct scroll_bar
*
4970 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
, int type
)
4972 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4974 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4975 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4976 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4978 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4980 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4982 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4985 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4987 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4988 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4989 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4990 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4991 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4994 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4995 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
4996 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
4998 || (type
== 1 && XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)
4999 || (type
== 0 && !XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->horizontal
)))
5000 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5007 #if defined USE_LUCID
5009 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
5010 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
5013 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
5015 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
5017 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
5018 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
5020 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
5022 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
5028 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
5031 /************************************************************************
5033 ************************************************************************/
5035 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5037 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, enum scroll_bar_part
,
5040 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
5041 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
5043 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
5045 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
5046 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
5049 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
5051 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
5052 static XtActionHookId horizontal_action_hook_id
;
5054 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
5056 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
5057 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
5058 to avoid jerkiness. */
5060 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
5062 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
5063 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
5064 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
5065 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
5068 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5069 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5072 const char *end_action
;
5075 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5076 end_action
= "Release";
5077 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5078 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5079 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5080 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5083 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5084 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5087 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5089 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5090 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, false);
5091 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5092 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5094 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5097 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5098 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
5100 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5101 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5102 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5104 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5105 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5111 xt_horizontal_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
5112 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
5115 const char *end_action
;
5118 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
5119 end_action
= "Release";
5120 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5121 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
5122 end_action
= "EndScroll";
5123 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
5126 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
5127 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5130 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5132 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5133 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, true);
5134 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
5135 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
5137 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
5140 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
5141 set_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
);
5143 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5144 #if defined (USE_LUCID)
5145 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5147 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
5148 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= false;
5151 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5153 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
5154 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
5155 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
5156 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
5159 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, enum scroll_bar_part part
,
5160 int portion
, int whole
, bool horizontal
)
5163 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
.xclient
;
5164 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
5165 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5166 intptr_t iw
= (intptr_t) w
;
5167 enum { BITS_PER_INTPTR
= CHAR_BIT
* sizeof iw
};
5168 verify (BITS_PER_INTPTR
<= 64);
5169 int sign_shift
= BITS_PER_INTPTR
- 32;
5173 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
5174 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
5175 ev
->message_type
= (horizontal
5176 ? FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
5177 : FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
);
5178 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
5179 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
5182 /* A 32-bit X client on a 64-bit X server can pass a window pointer
5183 as-is. A 64-bit client on a 32-bit X server is in trouble
5184 because a pointer does not fit and would be truncated while
5185 passing through the server. So use two slots and hope that X12
5186 will resolve such issues someday. */
5187 ev
->data
.l
[0] = iw
>> 31 >> 1;
5188 ev
->data
.l
[1] = sign_shift
<= 0 ? iw
: iw
<< sign_shift
>> sign_shift
;
5189 ev
->data
.l
[2] = part
;
5190 ev
->data
.l
[3] = portion
;
5191 ev
->data
.l
[4] = whole
;
5193 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
5194 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
5195 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= true;
5196 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
5199 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
5200 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
5201 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
5202 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
5207 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
5211 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5212 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5214 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5218 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5219 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5220 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5221 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5222 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5224 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5226 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5227 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5230 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5233 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5236 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5237 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5238 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5239 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5242 /* Transform a horizontal scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs
5243 input event in *IEVENT. */
5246 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (const XEvent
*event
,
5247 struct input_event
*ievent
)
5249 const XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= &event
->xclient
;
5253 /* See the comment in the function above. */
5254 intptr_t iw0
= ev
->data
.l
[0];
5255 intptr_t iw1
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
5256 intptr_t iw
= (iw0
<< 31 << 1) + (iw1
& 0xffffffffu
);
5257 w
= (struct window
*) iw
;
5259 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
5261 ievent
->kind
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5262 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
5265 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
5268 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
5271 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
5272 ievent
->x
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[3]);
5273 ievent
->y
= make_number (ev
->data
.l
[4]);
5274 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
5280 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
5282 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
5284 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5285 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
5286 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
5289 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5291 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5292 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= call_data
;
5293 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5294 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5295 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5299 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
5301 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
5304 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
5306 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5309 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
5311 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5314 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
5316 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5321 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_leftmost
: scroll_bar_to_top
;
5324 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
5326 part
= horizontal
? scroll_bar_to_rightmost
: scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
5334 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
5339 portion
= bar
->whole
* ((float)cs
->value
/ XM_SB_MAX
);
5340 whole
= bar
->whole
* ((float)(XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
) / XM_SB_MAX
);
5341 portion
= min (portion
, whole
);
5342 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5346 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
5347 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
5348 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5351 bar
->dragging
= cs
->value
;
5355 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5359 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5361 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5362 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5367 #elif defined USE_GTK
5369 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
5370 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
5373 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
5374 GtkScrollType scroll
,
5378 int whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
5379 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5380 enum scroll_bar_part part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
5381 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
5382 struct frame
*f
= g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
5384 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return false;
5388 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
5389 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
5390 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
5391 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
5393 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5395 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5396 whole
= (int)(gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5397 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
));
5398 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5399 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5403 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5404 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
5405 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
5406 portion
= min ((int)value
, whole
);
5407 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5411 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
5412 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5413 ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_up_arrow
);
5416 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
5417 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5418 ? scroll_bar_right_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
);
5421 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
5422 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5423 ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_above_handle
);
5426 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
5427 part
= (bar
->horizontal
5428 ? scroll_bar_after_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
);
5433 if (part
!= scroll_bar_nowhere
)
5435 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5436 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
,
5443 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to -1 when dragging is done. */
5446 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
5447 GdkEventButton
*event
,
5450 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= user_data
;
5452 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
5454 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
5455 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0, bar
->horizontal
);
5456 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
5463 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5465 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
5466 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
5467 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
5471 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5473 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5474 float *top_addr
= call_data
;
5475 float top
= *top_addr
;
5477 int whole
, portion
, height
, width
;
5478 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5479 bool horizontal
= bar
->horizontal
;
5484 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5486 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5491 whole
= bar
->whole
- (shown
* bar
->whole
);
5492 portion
= min (top
* bar
->whole
, whole
);
5500 part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
5504 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
5506 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5510 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
5512 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
5513 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
5514 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
5515 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
5516 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
5518 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5520 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5523 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5524 bar
->dragging
= portion
;
5525 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5526 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
, bar
->horizontal
);
5530 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
5531 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
5532 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
5533 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
5534 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
5535 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
5536 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
5539 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
5541 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= client_data
;
5542 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
5543 int position
= (intptr_t) call_data
;
5544 Dimension height
, width
;
5545 enum scroll_bar_part part
;
5547 if (bar
->horizontal
)
5549 /* Get the width of the scroll bar. */
5551 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNwidth
, &width
, NULL
);
5554 if (eabs (position
) >= width
)
5555 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_before_handle
: scroll_bar_after_handle
;
5557 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5558 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5559 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, width
/ 20))
5560 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_left_arrow
: scroll_bar_right_arrow
;
5562 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5564 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5566 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5567 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, width
,
5573 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
5575 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
5578 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
5579 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5581 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
5582 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
5583 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
5584 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
5586 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
5588 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
5590 bar
->last_seen_part
= part
;
5591 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
,
5596 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
5598 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
5599 #define SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME "horizontalScrollBar"
5601 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
5602 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
5606 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5608 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5611 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5612 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5618 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5620 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5623 xg_create_horizontal_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
5624 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
5629 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5632 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5638 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
5639 unsigned long pixel
;
5644 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5645 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5646 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5647 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5648 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
5649 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
5650 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5651 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5653 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5656 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5660 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5663 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5667 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5668 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5670 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5671 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5673 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5675 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5677 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5679 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5681 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5683 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5686 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5687 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5689 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5690 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5691 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5692 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5694 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5696 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5697 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5698 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5699 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5700 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5701 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
5702 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5703 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5705 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5708 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5712 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5715 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5719 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5721 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5722 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5724 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5727 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5728 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5729 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5731 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5734 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5736 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5739 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5740 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5741 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5743 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5747 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5748 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5749 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5750 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5751 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5752 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5753 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5756 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5757 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5761 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5762 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5763 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5765 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5767 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5770 /* Specify the colors. */
5771 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5774 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5777 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5780 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5786 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5787 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5790 char const *initial
= "";
5791 char const *val
= initial
;
5792 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5793 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
5794 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
5796 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
5797 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
5798 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
5799 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
5800 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
5801 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
5805 /* Define callbacks. */
5806 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
5807 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
5810 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5811 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5813 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
5815 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
5816 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
5817 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
5818 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
5820 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
5821 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
5822 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
5823 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
5825 bar
->horizontal
= false;
5831 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5837 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_HORIZONTAL_NAME
;
5838 unsigned long pixel
;
5843 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
5844 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5845 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
5846 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
5847 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmHORIZONTAL
); ++ac
;
5848 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_RIGHT
), ++ac
;
5849 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5850 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
5852 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5855 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
5859 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5862 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
5866 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
5867 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
5869 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
5870 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5872 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5874 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5876 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5878 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5880 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5882 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
5885 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
5886 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
5888 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
5889 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
5890 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
5891 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
5893 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
5895 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
5896 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
5897 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
5898 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
5899 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
5900 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientHorizontal
); ++ac
;
5901 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
5902 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
5904 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
5907 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
5911 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5914 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
5918 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
5920 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
5921 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5923 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5926 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5927 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5928 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
5930 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5933 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5935 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
5938 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5939 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
5940 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
5942 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
5946 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
5947 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
5948 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
5949 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
5950 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
5951 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
5952 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
5955 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
5956 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
5960 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
5961 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
5962 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
5964 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
5966 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
5969 /* Specify the colors. */
5970 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
5973 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5976 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
5979 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
5985 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
5986 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
5989 char const *initial
= "";
5990 char const *val
= initial
;
5991 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
5992 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
5993 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
5995 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
5996 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
5997 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
5998 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
5999 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
6000 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
6004 /* Define callbacks. */
6005 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
6006 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
6009 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
6010 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
6012 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6014 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
6015 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
6016 if (horizontal_action_hook_id
== 0)
6017 horizontal_action_hook_id
6018 = XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_horizontal_action_hook
, 0);
6020 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
6021 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
6022 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
6023 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
6025 bar
->horizontal
= true;
6029 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6032 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
6033 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
6037 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6039 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6043 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
6045 xg_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6048 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6050 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6053 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6054 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6061 if (scroll_bar_adjust_thumb_portion_p
)
6063 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
6064 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
6065 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
6066 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
6067 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
6068 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
6069 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
6070 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
6071 its size, the update will often happen too late.
6072 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
6073 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
6074 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
6075 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
6076 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
6084 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6085 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6088 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6092 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
6093 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
6095 size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6097 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
6098 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
6099 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6101 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6103 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6109 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6110 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6114 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6116 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6117 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6118 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6122 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6123 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6124 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6127 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6128 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6129 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6130 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6132 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6133 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6134 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6135 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6136 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6139 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6140 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6141 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6142 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6144 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6145 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6148 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6149 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6150 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6152 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6156 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6162 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
6165 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6166 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6173 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6174 top
= (float) position
/ (whole
- portion
);
6176 int size
= clip_to_bounds (1, shown
* XM_SB_MAX
, XM_SB_MAX
);
6177 int value
= clip_to_bounds (0, top
* (XM_SB_MAX
- size
), XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
6179 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
6181 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
6187 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
6188 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
6192 float old_top
, old_shown
;
6194 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
6195 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
6196 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
6201 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
6202 if (bar
->dragging
== -1 || bar
->last_seen_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
6203 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
6206 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6207 /* With Xaw, 'top' values too closer to 1.0 may
6208 cause the thumb to disappear. Fix that. */
6209 top
= min (top
, 0.99f
);
6211 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
6212 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
6213 #if ! defined (HAVE_XAW3D)
6214 /* Likewise with too small 'shown'. */
6215 shown
= max (shown
, 0.01f
);
6219 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to
6220 work, check that 'NARROWPROTO' is defined in src/config.h.
6221 If this is not so, most likely you need to fix configure. */
6222 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6224 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
6226 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6227 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6230 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
6231 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
6232 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
6234 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
6239 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
6243 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6245 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6249 /************************************************************************
6250 Scroll bars, general
6251 ************************************************************************/
6253 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
6254 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
6255 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
6258 static struct scroll_bar
*
6259 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
,
6260 int width
, int height
, bool horizontal
)
6262 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6263 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6264 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
6269 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6271 x_create_horizontal_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6273 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
6274 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6276 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
6280 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
6281 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
6282 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
6284 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
6285 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
6287 a
.cursor
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
6289 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
6291 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
6292 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
6293 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
6294 if (width
> 0 && window_box_height (w
) > 0)
6295 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, window_box_height (w
));
6297 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6298 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
6299 left
, top
, width
, height
,
6300 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
6307 bar
->x_window
= window
;
6309 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6311 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
6315 bar
->height
= height
;
6319 bar
->horizontal
= horizontal
;
6320 #if defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS) && defined (USE_LUCID)
6321 bar
->last_seen_part
= scroll_bar_nowhere
;
6324 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
6325 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6327 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6328 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6329 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
6330 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6332 /* Map the window/widget. */
6333 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6337 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6338 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6340 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6341 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6342 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6343 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
6344 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
, left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6345 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
6346 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6348 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6349 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6350 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6357 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6359 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
6361 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
6362 redrawing it, unless REBUILD; in that case, always
6363 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
6366 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
6367 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
6368 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
6369 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
6370 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
6373 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
,
6376 bool dragging
= bar
->dragging
!= -1;
6377 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6378 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6379 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6381 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
6383 && start
== bar
->start
6390 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
6391 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
6392 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6394 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
6395 the distance between start and end. */
6397 int length
= end
- start
;
6401 else if (start
> top_range
)
6403 end
= start
+ length
;
6407 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
6411 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
6415 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
6416 if (end
> top_range
)
6419 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
6420 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
6421 that many pixels tall. */
6422 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
6424 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
6425 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6426 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (start
> 0))
6427 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6428 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6429 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
6430 inside_width
, start
);
6432 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
6433 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6434 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6435 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6437 /* Draw the handle itself. */
6438 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
,
6439 /* x, y, width, height */
6440 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6441 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
6442 inside_width
, end
- start
);
6444 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6445 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6446 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6447 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6449 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
6450 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
6451 if ((inside_width
> 0) && (end
< inside_height
))
6452 x_clear_area1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
6453 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
6454 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
6455 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
);
6461 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6463 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
6467 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
6469 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6472 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6474 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
6475 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6476 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
6477 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6479 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
6482 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
6483 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6484 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6486 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
6492 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
6493 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
6494 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
6498 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6500 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6502 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6503 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6504 int window_y
, window_height
;
6506 /* Get window dimensions. */
6507 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
6509 height
= window_height
;
6510 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
6511 width
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_WIDTH (w
);
6513 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6514 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6516 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6519 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6523 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, max (height
, 1), false);
6527 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6528 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6530 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6534 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6536 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6538 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6540 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6543 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6545 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6548 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6549 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6550 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6551 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, width
, height
);
6553 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
,
6554 left
, width
, max (height
, 1));
6555 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6556 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6557 left
, top
, width
, max (height
, 1), 0);
6558 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6560 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6562 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6571 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6575 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6577 /* Remember new settings. */
6581 bar
->height
= height
;
6586 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6587 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6588 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6589 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6591 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6593 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
6596 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, false);
6599 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
6600 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
6601 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6604 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6606 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6607 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6612 XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
6614 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
6616 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6617 int top
, height
, left
, width
;
6618 int window_x
, window_width
;
6619 int pixel_width
= WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH (w
);
6621 /* Get window dimensions. */
6622 window_box (w
, ANY_AREA
, &window_x
, 0, &window_width
, 0);
6624 width
= window_width
;
6625 top
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_Y (w
);
6626 height
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_HEIGHT (w
);
6628 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
6629 if (NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6631 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6635 /* Clear also part between window_width and
6636 WINDOW_PIXEL_WIDTH. */
6637 x_clear_area (f
, left
, top
, pixel_width
, height
);
6641 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, left
, width
, height
, true);
6645 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
6646 unsigned int mask
= 0;
6648 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6652 if (left
!= bar
->left
)
6654 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
6656 if (width
!= bar
->width
)
6658 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
6661 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6662 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
6665 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
6666 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
6667 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
6669 WINDOW_LEFT_EDGE_X (w
), top
,
6670 pixel_width
- WINDOW_RIGHT_DIVIDER_WIDTH (w
), height
);
6672 xg_update_horizontal_scrollbar_pos (f
, bar
->x_window
, top
, left
,
6674 #else /* not USE_GTK */
6675 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
6676 left
, top
, width
, height
, 0);
6677 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6679 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6681 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
6682 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
6683 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
6686 int area_height
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_HEIGHT (w
);
6687 int rest
= area_height
- height
;
6688 if (rest
> 0 && width
> 0)
6689 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
6690 left
, top
, width
, rest
);
6693 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
6702 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
6706 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6708 /* Remember new settings. */
6712 bar
->height
= height
;
6717 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6718 x_set_toolkit_horizontal_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
6719 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6720 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
6722 if (bar
->dragging
== -1)
6724 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, width
);
6727 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, left_range
, false);
6730 int start
= ((double) position
* left_range
) / whole
;
6731 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * left_range
) / whole
;
6732 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, false);
6735 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6737 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6738 wset_horizontal_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
6742 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
6743 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
6744 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
6745 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
6746 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
6747 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
6748 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
6750 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
6751 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
6752 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
6755 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (struct frame
*frame
)
6757 if (!NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6759 if (!NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
6761 /* Prepend scrollbars to already condemned ones. */
6762 Lisp_Object last
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6764 while (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
))
6765 last
= XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
;
6767 XSCROLL_BAR (last
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
6768 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= last
;
6771 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
));
6772 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, Qnil
);
6777 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
6778 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
6781 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
)
6783 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6787 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
6788 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6791 if (!NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6793 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
6794 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6795 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6796 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6798 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6800 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6801 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6803 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6804 w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
6805 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6807 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6808 one or the other! */
6812 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6814 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6815 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6817 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6819 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6820 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6821 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6822 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6826 if (!NILP (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
) && WINDOW_HAS_HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR (w
))
6828 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
);
6829 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
6830 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
6831 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
6833 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
6835 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6836 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
6838 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
6839 w
->horizontal_scroll_bar
))
6840 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
6842 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
6843 one or the other! */
6847 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
6849 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6850 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
6852 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6854 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
6855 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
6856 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
6857 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
6861 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
6862 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
6865 XTjudge_scroll_bars (struct frame
*f
)
6867 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
6869 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
6871 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
6872 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
6873 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
6875 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
6877 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
6879 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
6882 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
6885 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
6886 and they should get garbage-collected. */
6890 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6891 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
6892 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
6894 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6898 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, const XEvent
*event
)
6900 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
6901 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
6902 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
6906 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, true);
6908 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
6909 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6910 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6911 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
6913 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
6914 x_draw_rectangle (f
, gc
,
6915 /* x, y, width, height */
6916 0, 0, bar
->width
- 1, bar
->height
- 1);
6918 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
6919 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
6920 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
6921 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
6926 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6928 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
6929 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
6931 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
6936 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
6937 const XEvent
*event
,
6938 struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
6940 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
6943 emacs_event
->kind
= (bar
->horizontal
6944 ? HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
6945 : SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
);
6946 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
6947 emacs_event
->modifiers
6948 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO
6949 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
6950 event
->xbutton
.state
)
6951 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
6954 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
6955 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
6956 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
6957 if (bar
->horizontal
)
6960 = HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
6961 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
- HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
6964 if (x
> left_range
) x
= left_range
;
6967 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
6968 else if (x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
6969 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
6971 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
6973 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6974 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
6975 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
6977 int new_start
= - bar
->dragging
;
6978 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
6980 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
6985 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, left_range
);
6986 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, x
);
6991 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
6992 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
6995 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
6998 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
6999 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7000 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7002 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7004 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7005 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
7006 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
&& bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7008 int new_start
= y
- bar
->dragging
;
7009 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7011 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7016 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
7017 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
7021 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7023 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
7025 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
7029 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
,
7030 const XMotionEvent
*event
)
7032 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
7033 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7035 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
7036 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= bar
;
7037 f
->mouse_moved
= true;
7039 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
7040 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7042 /* Where should the handle be now? */
7043 int new_start
= event
->y
- bar
->dragging
;
7045 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
7047 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
7049 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, false);
7054 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7056 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7057 on the scroll bar. */
7060 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7061 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7062 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7064 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7065 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7066 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7067 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7069 Window dummy_window
;
7071 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7075 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7077 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7079 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7080 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7081 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7083 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7086 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7089 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
7091 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
7093 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7094 win_y
-= bar
->dragging
;
7098 if (win_y
> top_range
)
7102 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7104 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7105 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7106 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
7107 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
7108 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7109 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7111 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
7113 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
7114 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
7116 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7117 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7118 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7125 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
7126 on the scroll bar. */
7129 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
7130 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
7131 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
7133 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
);
7134 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
7135 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
7136 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
7138 Window dummy_window
;
7140 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
7144 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
7146 if (XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
7148 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
7149 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
7150 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
7152 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
7155 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
7158 int left_range
= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_RANGE (f
, bar
->width
);
7160 win_x
-= HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
;
7162 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7163 win_x
-= bar
->dragging
;
7167 if (win_x
> left_range
)
7171 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
7173 if (bar
->dragging
!= -1)
7174 *part
= scroll_bar_horizontal_handle
;
7175 else if (win_x
< bar
->start
)
7176 *part
= scroll_bar_before_handle
;
7177 else if (win_x
< bar
->end
+ HORIZONTAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
7178 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
7180 *part
= scroll_bar_after_handle
;
7182 XSETINT (*y
, win_x
);
7183 XSETINT (*x
, left_range
);
7185 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
7186 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_scroll_bar
= NULL
;
7187 *timestamp
= dpyinfo
->last_mouse_movement_time
;
7194 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
7195 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
7196 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
7200 x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*f
)
7202 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7205 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
7206 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
7207 But in that case we should not clear them. */
7208 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
7209 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
7210 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
7211 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7212 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
7214 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7217 #ifdef ENABLE_CHECKING
7219 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
7220 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
7222 static int temp_index
;
7223 static short temp_buffer
[100];
7225 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
7226 if (temp_index == ARRAYELTS (temp_buffer)) \
7228 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
7230 #else /* not ENABLE_CHECKING */
7232 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) ((void)0)
7234 #endif /* ENABLE_CHECKING */
7236 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
7237 on a particular display. */
7239 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
7241 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
7242 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
7243 We try all the open displays, one by one.
7244 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
7246 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
7255 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7256 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
7257 EVENT is the X event to filter.
7259 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
7261 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
7265 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
7267 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
7268 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
7269 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
7272 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7273 event
->xclient
.window
);
7275 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
7280 static int current_count
;
7281 static int current_finish
;
7282 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
7284 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
7285 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
7286 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
7287 static GdkFilterReturn
7288 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
7290 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
7293 if (current_count
>= 0)
7295 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7297 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
7300 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
7301 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
7302 so we do it here. */
7303 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
7305 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
7308 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7313 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7316 += handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
7320 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
7324 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
7325 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
7327 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
7329 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7332 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
7333 enum xembed_message
,
7334 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
7337 x_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, Window window
)
7339 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
7340 Lisp_Object lval
= Qnil
;
7341 bool sticky
= false;
7343 get_current_wm_state (f
, window
, &value
, &sticky
);
7347 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
7350 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
7353 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
7356 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
7361 frame_size_history_add
7362 (f
, Qx_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
7363 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
7365 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
7366 /** store_frame_param (f, Qsticky, sticky ? Qt : Qnil); **/
7369 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
7371 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
7372 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
7373 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
7374 *EVENT is unchanged unless we're processing KeyPress event.
7376 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
7379 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
,
7380 const XEvent
*event
,
7381 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7384 struct input_event ie
;
7385 struct selection_input_event sie
;
7389 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
7390 struct frame
*any
, *f
= NULL
;
7391 struct coding_system coding
;
7392 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
7393 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
7394 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
7395 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
7396 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay. */
7397 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
7401 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7403 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
7404 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
7407 any
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
7409 if (any
&& any
->wait_event_type
== event
->type
)
7410 any
->wait_event_type
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
7412 switch (event
->type
)
7416 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
7417 && event
->xclient
.format
== 32)
7419 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
7421 /* Use the value returned by x_any_window_to_frame
7422 because this could be the shell widget window
7423 if the frame has no title bar. */
7426 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
7427 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
7428 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
7431 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
7432 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
7433 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
7434 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
7435 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
7438 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
7439 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
7440 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
7441 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
7444 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
7445 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
7446 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
7449 Display
*d
= event
->xclient
.display
;
7450 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
7451 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
7453 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
->xclient
.window
,
7454 /* The ICCCM says this is
7455 the only valid choice. */
7457 event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
7458 /* This is needed to detect the error
7459 if there is an error. */
7461 x_uncatch_errors ();
7463 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
7468 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
7470 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
7471 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
7472 the session manager, who's looking for such a
7473 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
7474 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
7475 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
7476 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
7477 session manager and one for this. */
7479 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
7482 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
7483 event
->xclient
.window
);
7484 /* This is just so we only give real data once
7485 for a single Emacs process. */
7486 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
7487 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7488 event
->xclient
.window
,
7489 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
7491 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
7492 event
->xclient
.window
,
7498 if (event
->xclient
.data
.l
[0] == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
7502 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
7504 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
7505 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7512 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
7515 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
7518 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7520 new_x
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[0];
7521 new_y
= event
->xclient
.data
.s
[1];
7525 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
7532 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
7536 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
,
7537 NULL
, (XEvent
*) event
, NULL
);
7540 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
7542 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
7543 || event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
)
7545 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
7546 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
7547 currently never do because we are interested in
7548 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
7549 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7550 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xclient
.window
);
7553 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
7554 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
7558 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7559 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
7560 we construct an input_event. */
7561 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
7563 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7564 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7567 else if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
7569 x_horizontal_scroll_bar_to_input_event (event
, &inev
.ie
);
7570 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7573 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7575 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
7576 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
7578 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
7579 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
7580 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
7582 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
7586 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7591 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
->xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
7592 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7596 case SelectionNotify
:
7597 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.time
);
7598 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7599 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselection
.requestor
))
7601 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7602 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
->xselection
);
7605 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
7606 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.time
);
7607 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7608 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionclear
.window
))
7610 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7612 const XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionclear
;
7614 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
7615 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7616 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7617 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7621 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
7622 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.time
);
7623 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7624 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xselectionrequest
.owner
))
7626 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7628 const XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &event
->xselectionrequest
;
7630 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
7631 SELECTION_EVENT_DPYINFO (&inev
.sie
) = dpyinfo
;
7632 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
7633 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
7634 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
7635 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
7636 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
7640 case PropertyNotify
:
7641 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.time
);
7642 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xproperty
.window
);
7643 if (f
&& event
->xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
7645 bool not_hidden
= x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
->xproperty
);
7646 if (not_hidden
&& FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7648 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed.
7649 It hides the frame. So if our state says we aren't
7650 hidden anymore, treat it as deiconified. */
7651 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7652 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7653 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7654 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7655 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7657 else if (! not_hidden
&& ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7659 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7660 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7661 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7662 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7666 x_handle_property_notify (&event
->xproperty
);
7667 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
7670 case ReparentNotify
:
7671 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xreparent
.window
);
7674 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
->xreparent
.parent
;
7675 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
7677 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
7678 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
7679 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
7681 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
7686 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xexpose
.window
);
7689 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
7691 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7692 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7693 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7694 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
7698 #if defined (USE_GTK) && ! defined (HAVE_GTK3) && ! defined (USE_CAIRO)
7699 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6 and later, see
7700 http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=15398. */
7702 event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7703 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7705 expose_frame (f
, event
->xexpose
.x
, event
->xexpose
.y
,
7706 event
->xexpose
.width
, event
->xexpose
.height
);
7711 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7712 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
7714 #if defined USE_LUCID
7715 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
7716 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
7717 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
7719 Widget widget
= x_window_to_menu_bar (event
->xexpose
.window
);
7721 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
7723 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
7725 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7726 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
7728 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7729 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xexpose
.display
,
7730 event
->xexpose
.window
, 2);
7733 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, event
);
7734 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7737 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7738 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7742 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7743 source area was obscured or not
7745 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
7747 expose_frame (f
, event
->xgraphicsexpose
.x
,
7748 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
7749 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
7750 event
->xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
7751 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7754 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7757 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
7758 source area was completely
7763 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
7764 if (event
->xunmap
.window
== tip_window
)
7767 x_redo_mouse_highlight (dpyinfo
);
7770 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xunmap
.window
);
7771 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
7772 the frame was deleted. */
7774 bool visible
= FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);
7775 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
7776 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
7777 display that won't ever be seen. */
7778 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
7779 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
7780 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
7781 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
7782 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
7783 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
7784 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
7785 if (visible
|| FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
7787 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
7788 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
7789 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7795 if (event
->xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
7796 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
7797 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
7800 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
7801 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
7802 frame is visible. */
7803 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmap
.window
);
7806 bool iconified
= FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
7808 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
7809 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
7810 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
7811 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
7813 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 1);
7814 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
7815 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= true;
7819 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
7820 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7822 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
) && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
7823 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later to update the
7824 frame titles in case this is the second frame. */
7825 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
7828 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
7835 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
7836 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
7838 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
7839 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
7840 if (popup_activated ())
7846 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
7847 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
7848 mouse highlighting. */
7849 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
7851 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
7853 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
7854 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= true;
7858 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
7861 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
7862 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
7863 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
7864 event
->xkey
.window
);
7865 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
7867 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
7868 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
7871 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
7875 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
7876 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
7877 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
7880 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
7881 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
7882 status_return even if the input is too long to
7883 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
7884 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
7885 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
7886 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
7887 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
7888 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
7889 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
7891 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
7893 /* Event will be modified. */
7894 XKeyEvent xkey
= event
->xkey
;
7897 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
7898 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
7899 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is nonzero
7901 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7904 xkey
.state
|= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
7905 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
7906 modifiers
= xkey
.state
;
7908 /* This will have to go some day... */
7910 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
7911 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
7912 xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
7913 xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
7914 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
7915 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
7916 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
7918 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
7919 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
7920 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
7921 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
7922 not it is combined with Meta. */
7923 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
7924 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
7929 Status status_return
;
7931 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
7932 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
7933 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7934 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7936 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
7938 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
7939 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
7940 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
7941 &xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7942 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7945 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
7946 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
7948 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
7953 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
7954 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
7958 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7959 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7962 nbytes
= XLookupString (&xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
7963 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
7967 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
7968 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
7969 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
7972 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
7973 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
7975 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
7976 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
7978 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
7979 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= xkey
.time
;
7981 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
7982 translations to characters. */
7983 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
7984 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
7986 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7987 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
7991 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
7992 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
7994 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
7995 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7997 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
7998 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
8002 /* Now non-ASCII. */
8003 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
8004 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
8009 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
8010 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8011 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8012 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
8016 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
8017 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
8018 || keysym
== XK_Delete
8019 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8020 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
8021 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
8023 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
8024 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
8026 /* This recognizes the "extended function
8027 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
8028 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
8029 mode_switch incorrectly. */
8030 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
8032 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
8033 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
8035 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
8036 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
8038 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
8039 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
8041 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
8042 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
8044 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
8045 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
8047 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
8048 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
8050 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
8051 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
8053 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
8054 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
8056 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
8057 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
8059 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
8060 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
8062 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
8063 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
8065 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
8066 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
8068 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
8069 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
8071 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
8072 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
8073 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
8074 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
8075 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
8076 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
8077 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
8078 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8079 don't have real modifiers but
8080 should be treated similarly to
8081 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
8082 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
8083 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
8084 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
8088 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
8089 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
8091 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
8092 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
8096 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
8100 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
8102 if (ASCII_CHAR_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
8104 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
8107 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
8109 /* Decode the input data. */
8111 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
8112 which depends on which X*LookupString function
8113 we used just above and the locale. */
8114 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
8115 coding
.src_multibyte
= false;
8116 coding
.dst_multibyte
= true;
8117 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
8118 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
8119 gives us composition information. */
8120 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
8122 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
8124 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
8125 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
8126 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
8127 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
8128 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
8129 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
8132 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
8133 character events. */
8134 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
8137 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
8138 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
8140 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
8141 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
8142 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
8143 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
8145 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
8150 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
8152 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
8155 /* FIXME: check side effects and remove this. */
8156 ((XEvent
*) event
)->xkey
= xkey
;
8160 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8161 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8169 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xkey
.time
);
8171 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
8172 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
8180 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8181 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8185 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
8186 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
->xmotion
.time
+ 200;
8188 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
8189 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
8190 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
8191 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
);
8193 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
8194 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
8195 if (!f
&& dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8196 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8201 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8205 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.time
);
8206 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8208 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xcrossing
.window
);
8211 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
8213 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8214 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8215 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8216 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
8219 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
8220 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
8221 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
8222 the mouse leaves the frame. */
8223 if (any_help_event_p
)
8227 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
8228 else if (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
8229 note_mouse_movement (dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
->xmotion
);
8234 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, any
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8239 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.time
);
8240 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
8241 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8243 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8244 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xmotion
.window
));
8246 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
8248 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= false;
8249 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8253 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8259 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
8260 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
8261 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
8263 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_window
;
8264 Lisp_Object window
= window_from_coordinates
8265 (f
, event
->xmotion
.x
, event
->xmotion
.y
, 0, false);
8267 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
8268 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
8269 will be selected only when it is active. */
8270 if (WINDOWP (window
)
8271 && !EQ (window
, last_mouse_window
)
8272 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
8273 /* For click-to-focus window managers
8274 create event iff we don't leave the
8276 && (focus_follows_mouse
8277 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
8278 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
8280 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
8281 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
8283 /* Remember the last window where we saw the mouse. */
8284 last_mouse_window
= window
;
8286 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
->xmotion
))
8287 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
8291 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8292 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8293 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xmotion
.display
,
8294 event
->xmotion
.window
, 2);
8297 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
->xmotion
);
8298 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8300 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
8301 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
8302 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
8305 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
8306 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
8307 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
8308 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
8313 case ConfigureNotify
:
8314 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
8316 if (f
) x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8321 && event
->xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
8323 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
,
8324 event
->xconfigure
.height
);
8325 x_cr_destroy_surface (f
);
8331 x_net_wm_state (f
, event
->xconfigure
.window
);
8333 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8335 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, event
->xconfigure
.width
);
8336 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, event
->xconfigure
.height
);
8338 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
8339 is called by the code that handles resizing
8340 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
8342 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
8343 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
8344 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
8345 if (width
!= FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
)
8346 || height
!= FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
)
8347 || event
->xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8348 || event
->xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
8350 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
8351 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
8352 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8353 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8355 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8359 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
8360 Only get real positions when mapped. */
8361 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
8362 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
8364 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
8367 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
8368 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8377 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
8378 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
8379 bool tool_bar_p
= false;
8381 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
8382 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_glyph_frame
= NULL
;
8383 x_display_set_last_user_time (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.time
);
8385 f
= (x_mouse_grabbed (dpyinfo
) ? dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
8386 : x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.window
));
8389 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, event
))
8394 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8395 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
8396 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
8397 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
8400 int x
= event
->xbutton
.x
;
8401 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
;
8403 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, true);
8404 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
8406 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
->xbutton
.button
< 4)
8407 handle_tool_bar_click
8408 (f
, x
, y
, event
->xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
8409 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
, event
->xbutton
.state
));
8411 #endif /* !USE_GTK */
8414 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8415 if (! popup_activated ())
8418 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8420 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
8421 && event
->xbutton
.time
> ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
8423 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8424 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8426 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
)
8427 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
8430 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
->xbutton
, f
);
8432 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
8433 xembed_send_message (f
, event
->xbutton
.time
,
8434 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8438 struct scroll_bar
*bar
8439 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
->xbutton
.display
,
8440 event
->xbutton
.window
, 2);
8442 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
8443 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
8445 if (bar
&& event
->xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
8447 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8448 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8450 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8452 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, event
, &inev
.ie
);
8453 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
8456 if (event
->type
== ButtonPress
)
8458 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8459 dpyinfo
->last_mouse_frame
= f
;
8460 #if ! defined (USE_GTK)
8461 if (f
&& !tool_bar_p
)
8462 f
->last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
8463 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8466 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
->xbutton
.button
);
8468 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
8469 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
8470 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
8472 f
->mouse_moved
= false;
8474 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
8475 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
);
8476 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
8477 don't pass it to Xt right now.
8478 Instead, save it away
8479 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
8480 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
8481 if (! popup_activated ()
8483 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
8484 && event
->xbutton
.button
< 3
8486 && f
&& event
->type
== ButtonPress
8487 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
8488 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
8489 && event
->xbutton
.x
>= 0
8490 && event
->xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
8491 && event
->xbutton
.y
>= 0
8492 && event
->xbutton
.y
< FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
8493 && event
->xbutton
.same_screen
)
8495 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
)
8496 f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= xmalloc (sizeof *event
);
8497 *f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
= *event
;
8498 inev
.ie
.kind
= MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT
;
8499 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
8500 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
8504 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
8508 case CirculateNotify
:
8511 case CirculateRequest
:
8514 case VisibilityNotify
:
8518 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
8520 switch (event
->xmapping
.request
)
8522 case MappingModifier
:
8523 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
8524 /* This is meant to fall through. */
8525 case MappingKeyboard
:
8526 XRefreshKeyboardMapping ((XMappingEvent
*) &event
->xmapping
);
8531 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, event
);
8536 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8538 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
8539 XtDispatchEvent ((XEvent
*) event
);
8541 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
8546 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
8548 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
8553 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
8558 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8564 any_help_event_p
= true;
8565 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
8566 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
8570 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
8571 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
8580 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
8581 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
8582 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
8584 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
8586 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
8588 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
8589 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
8591 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
8594 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
8599 /* Read events coming from the X server.
8600 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
8602 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
8603 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
8604 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
8608 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
8611 bool event_found
= false;
8612 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
8616 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
8617 if (dpyinfo
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
8619 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
8620 x_io_error_quitter (dpyinfo
->display
);
8624 while (XPending (dpyinfo
->display
))
8629 XNextEvent (dpyinfo
->display
, &event
);
8632 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
8633 if (x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, &event
))
8638 count
+= handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
8640 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8646 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
8647 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
8648 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
8649 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
8651 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
8652 from all displays. */
8654 while (gtk_events_pending ())
8656 current_count
= count
;
8657 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
8659 gtk_main_iteration ();
8661 count
= current_count
;
8663 current_hold_quit
= 0;
8665 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
8668 #endif /* USE_GTK */
8670 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
8671 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
8674 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
8675 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
8676 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
8678 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
8682 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
8683 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
8685 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
8687 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
8688 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
8692 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
8693 raise it now. FIXME: handle more than one such frame. */
8694 if (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
)
8696 x_raise_frame (dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
);
8697 dpyinfo
->x_pending_autoraise_frame
= NULL
;
8708 /***********************************************************************
8710 ***********************************************************************/
8712 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
8713 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
8715 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
8716 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
8717 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
8720 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
,
8721 enum glyph_row_area area
, GC gc
)
8723 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8724 XRectangle clip_rect
;
8725 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
8727 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
8729 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
8730 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
8731 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
8732 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
8733 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
8735 x_set_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
, &clip_rect
, 1);
8739 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
8742 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
8744 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8745 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8746 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8749 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8752 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
8753 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
8754 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8755 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8758 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
8759 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
8760 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1;
8762 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
8763 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
8764 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8765 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
8766 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8768 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8769 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
8770 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8772 /* When on R2L character, show cursor at the right edge of the
8773 glyph, unless the cursor box is as wide as the glyph or wider
8774 (the latter happens when x-stretch-cursor is non-nil). */
8775 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8776 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> wd
)
8778 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- wd
;
8782 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
8783 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8784 x_draw_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
8785 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8789 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
8791 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
8792 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
8793 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
8797 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
8799 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
8800 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
8802 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
8803 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
8805 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
8806 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
8809 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
8810 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
8811 the bar might not be in the window. */
8812 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
8814 struct glyph_row
*r
;
8815 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
8816 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8820 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8821 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
8822 GC gc
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
8823 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
8824 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
8827 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
8828 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
8829 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
8830 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
8831 that the glyph is legible. */
8832 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
8833 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
8835 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
8836 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
8839 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8842 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
8843 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
8846 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
8848 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
8850 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8853 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
8854 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
8856 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
8858 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
8859 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
8860 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
8861 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
8863 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8864 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
8865 width
, row
->height
);
8867 else /* HBAR_CURSOR */
8869 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
8870 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
8873 width
= row
->height
;
8875 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
8877 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
8878 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
8880 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0
8881 && cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
> w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1)
8882 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- w
->phys_cursor_width
+ 1;
8883 x_fill_rectangle (f
, gc
, x
,
8884 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
8885 row
->height
- width
),
8886 w
->phys_cursor_width
- 1, width
);
8889 x_reset_clip_rectangles (f
, gc
);
8894 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
8897 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
8899 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
8900 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
8901 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
8902 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
8906 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
8909 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
8911 x_clear_area (f
, x
, y
, width
, height
);
8913 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
8914 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8915 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
8920 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
8923 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
,
8924 int y
, enum text_cursor_kinds cursor_type
,
8925 int cursor_width
, bool on_p
, bool active_p
)
8927 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
8931 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
8932 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= true;
8934 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
8935 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
8936 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
8937 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
8939 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= true;
8940 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
8944 switch (cursor_type
)
8946 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
8947 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
8950 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
8951 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
8955 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
8959 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
8963 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
8972 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
8973 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
8974 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
8978 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8984 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
8987 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
8989 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
8991 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
8994 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
8995 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
8996 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
8997 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9002 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
9003 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
9004 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
9006 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9007 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
9008 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
9012 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
9013 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
9019 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
9020 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
9022 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= -2;
9026 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
9028 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
9030 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9034 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
9037 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
9038 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
9042 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
9043 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9047 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
9048 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
9049 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
9050 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
9051 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
9053 bitmap_id
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
9056 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
9057 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
9063 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
9064 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
9067 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
9069 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
9074 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
9075 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
9077 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
9078 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
9081 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
9082 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
9083 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
9084 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
9089 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
9091 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
9092 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
9094 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
9095 be called from a signal handler.
9098 struct x_error_message_stack
{
9099 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9101 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
9103 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
9105 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
9106 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
9107 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
9110 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9112 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
9113 x_error_message
->string
,
9114 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9117 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
9118 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
9121 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
9122 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
9123 stored in *x_error_message.
9125 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
9126 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
9128 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
9131 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9133 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
9135 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
9139 data
->string
[0] = 0;
9140 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
9141 x_error_message
= data
;
9144 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
9145 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
9148 x_uncatch_errors (void)
9150 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
9154 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
9155 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
9156 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
9157 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
9159 tmp
= x_error_message
;
9160 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
9165 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
9166 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
9167 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
9170 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
9172 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9175 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
9177 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
9178 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
9179 x_uncatch_errors ();
9180 error (format
, string
);
9184 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
9185 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9188 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
9190 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
9193 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
9196 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
9199 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
9201 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
9205 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
9206 * idea. --lorentey */
9207 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
9210 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
9212 while (x_error_message
)
9213 x_uncatch_errors ();
9218 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
9221 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
9226 /************************************************************************
9228 ************************************************************************/
9230 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
9232 static char *error_msg
;
9234 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
9235 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
9238 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
9240 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
9241 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9242 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
9244 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
9245 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
9247 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
9248 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
9252 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
9254 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
9255 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
9258 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
9259 that are on the dead display. */
9260 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9262 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
9264 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
9265 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9266 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
9267 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
9268 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9269 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9272 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
9273 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
9274 for another frame that we need to delete. */
9275 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9276 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
9277 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
9279 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
9280 trying to find a replacement. */
9281 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
9282 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
9285 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
9286 first place, so don't try to close it. */
9289 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
9290 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
9291 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
9293 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
9294 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
9295 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
9296 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
9297 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
9298 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
9299 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
9300 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
9301 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
9304 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9306 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
9307 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
9309 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9310 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
9311 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
9312 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
9317 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
9318 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
9322 if (terminal_list
== 0)
9324 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
9325 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
9329 totally_unblock_input ();
9331 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
9332 clear_waiting_for_input ();
9334 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
9335 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
9337 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
9338 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
9339 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
9340 error ("%s", error_msg
);
9343 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
9344 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
9345 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
9347 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
9348 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
9351 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9353 #if defined USE_GTK && defined HAVE_GTK3
9354 if ((event
->error_code
== BadMatch
|| event
->error_code
== BadWindow
)
9355 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
)
9361 if (x_error_message
)
9362 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
9364 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
9368 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
9369 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
9370 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9372 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
9374 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
9375 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
9377 static void NO_INLINE
9378 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
9380 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
9382 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
9383 or colors that are not defined. */
9385 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
9388 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
9389 original error handler. */
9391 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
9392 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
9393 buf
, event
->request_code
);
9394 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
9398 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
9399 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
9400 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
9403 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
9407 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
9408 DisplayString (display
));
9409 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
9413 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
9415 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
9416 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
9417 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
9421 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
9423 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
9427 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
9428 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
9429 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
9430 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
9434 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
9435 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
9436 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
9437 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
9439 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9440 FRAME_MENU_BAR_HEIGHT (f
) = FRAME_MENU_BAR_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9443 /* Compute character columns occupied by scrollbar.
9445 Don't do things differently for non-toolkit scrollbars
9447 unit
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9448 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
9449 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
9450 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9452 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + unit
- 1) / unit
;
9454 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
9456 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
9457 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
9458 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
9459 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
9460 adjust_frame_size (f
, FRAME_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
),
9461 FRAME_LINES (f
) * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
), 3,
9467 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
9470 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
9479 /***********************************************************************
9481 ***********************************************************************/
9487 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
9488 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
9489 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
9492 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9494 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
9495 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
9499 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
9500 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9502 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9503 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
9505 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
9506 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
9510 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
9511 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9512 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9516 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
9518 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9519 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
9522 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9530 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9531 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
9538 XIMCallback destroy
;
9541 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
9542 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
9545 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
9546 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
9547 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
9553 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9554 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9558 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9560 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
9561 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
9562 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
9563 when the callback was registered. */
9566 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
9568 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
9569 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
9571 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
9575 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9577 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
9578 as they have no XIC. */
9579 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
9581 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
9584 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
9586 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
9589 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
9590 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
9592 create_frame_xic (f
);
9593 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
9594 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
9595 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
9597 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
9598 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
9607 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9610 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
9611 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
9612 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
9613 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
9616 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
9618 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9622 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9623 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
9626 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
9627 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
9628 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xstrdup (resource_name
);
9629 ret
= XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback
9630 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9631 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9632 /* This is XPointer in XFree86 but (XPointer *)
9633 on Tru64, at least, hence the configure test. */
9634 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9635 eassert (ret
== True
);
9636 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9637 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
9638 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9640 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9644 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
9647 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
9652 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
9653 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
;
9655 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9657 Bool ret
= XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback
9658 (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, xim_inst
->resource_name
,
9659 emacs_class
, xim_instantiate_callback
,
9660 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
9661 eassert (ret
== True
);
9663 xfree (xim_inst
->resource_name
);
9665 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9666 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9667 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
9668 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
9669 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
9671 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
9674 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
9678 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
9679 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
9682 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
9684 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
9686 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
9687 is already for the top-left corner. */
9688 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
9691 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
9692 position that fits on the screen. */
9693 if (flags
& XNegative
)
9694 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9695 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
9698 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9700 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
9701 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
9702 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
9704 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
9705 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
9706 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
9707 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
9710 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
9711 2000-12-01, gerd. */
9713 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
9716 if (flags
& YNegative
)
9717 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9718 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
9721 /* The left_pos and top_pos
9722 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
9723 so the flags should correspond. */
9724 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9727 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
9728 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
9729 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
9730 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
9731 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
9734 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
9736 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
9738 if (change_gravity
> 0)
9742 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
9744 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
9746 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
9747 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
9749 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
9752 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
9754 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9755 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9757 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
9759 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
9760 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
9761 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
9762 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
9763 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
9766 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9767 modified_left
, modified_top
);
9769 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
9770 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
);
9772 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
9773 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
9774 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
9775 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
9778 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
9779 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
9780 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
9782 if (change_gravity
!= 0
9783 && (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
9784 || (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
9785 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
9786 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
9787 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
9792 /* Return true if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
9793 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
9794 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
9795 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
9796 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
9799 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
9802 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9803 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9805 Window wmcheck_window
;
9806 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9807 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
9808 int max_len
= 65536;
9809 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9810 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9811 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
9815 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9816 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9817 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
9818 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9819 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9820 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9822 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9824 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9825 x_uncatch_errors ();
9830 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
9833 /* Check if window exists. */
9834 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
9836 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9838 x_uncatch_errors ();
9843 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
9845 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
9846 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
9847 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
9848 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
9849 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
9850 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
9852 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
9854 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
9855 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
9856 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9857 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9858 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9860 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9862 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9863 x_uncatch_errors ();
9868 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
9869 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
9870 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
9875 for (i
= 0; !ret
&& i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
9876 ret
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
9878 x_uncatch_errors ();
9885 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, bool add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
9887 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
9889 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
9890 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
9892 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
9896 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
9898 ? list1 (make_fixnum_or_float (value
))
9903 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
9906 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9908 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9910 set_wm_state (frame
, !NILP (new_value
),
9911 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
9914 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
9915 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
9916 Set *STICKY to the sticky state.
9918 Return true iff we are not hidden. */
9921 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
9927 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
9928 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
9929 bool is_hidden
= false;
9930 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9931 long max_len
= 65536;
9932 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
9933 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
9934 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
9937 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
9940 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
9941 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
9942 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
9943 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
9944 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
9946 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
9948 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9949 x_uncatch_errors ();
9951 return !FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
);
9954 x_uncatch_errors ();
9956 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
9958 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
9959 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
9961 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
9963 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
9964 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
9966 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
9968 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
9970 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
9971 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
9973 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
9975 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
9976 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
9977 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
9981 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
9986 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
9989 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
9991 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9992 bool have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
9996 get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
9998 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
9999 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
10000 if (!have_net_atom
)
10001 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
10003 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
10007 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10009 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
10010 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
10011 are sent at once. */
10012 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10014 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10015 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10016 set_wm_state (frame
, true, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10019 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10020 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10022 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10023 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10024 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10025 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10026 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10030 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
10031 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10032 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10033 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10034 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10035 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10036 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10039 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10040 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10042 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10043 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10044 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10045 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10046 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10050 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
10051 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
10052 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10053 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
10054 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
|| x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
)
10055 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10056 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10059 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10060 if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10062 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10063 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
10064 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10065 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10066 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10068 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10070 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10071 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10072 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10073 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10074 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10076 else if (x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
&& cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10078 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10079 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
10080 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10081 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10082 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10086 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10087 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10089 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
10090 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10091 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
10092 else if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
10093 set_wm_state (frame
, true, None
,
10094 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10096 set_wm_state (frame
, true,
10097 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10098 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10101 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
10102 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
10103 set_wm_state (frame
, false, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
10106 set_wm_state (frame
, false,
10107 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
10108 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
10111 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10115 return have_net_atom
;
10119 XTfullscreen_hook (struct frame
*f
)
10121 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10124 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
10132 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, const XPropertyEvent
*event
)
10134 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
10136 bool sticky
= false;
10137 bool not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
10142 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10145 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10146 lval
= Qfullheight
;
10148 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10151 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10156 frame_size_history_add
10157 (f
, Qx_handle_net_wm_state
, 0, 0,
10158 list2 (get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
), lval
));
10160 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
10161 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
10166 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
10167 If so needed, resize the frame. */
10169 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
10171 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
10174 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
10175 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
10177 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
10178 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
10179 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
10181 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
10183 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10184 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10186 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
10188 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
10189 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
10190 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
10191 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10192 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10194 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
10195 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
10196 height
= height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10198 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
10199 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
10202 frame_size_history_add
10203 (f
, Qx_check_fullscreen
, width
, height
, Qnil
);
10205 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10208 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10209 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10212 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
- FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
),
10213 false, true, false, true);
10219 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
10220 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
10221 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
10222 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
10223 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
10224 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
10225 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
10228 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
10230 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10232 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
10233 window manager window around the frame. */
10235 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10237 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
10239 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
10244 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
10245 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
10246 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
10248 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
10250 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
10251 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
10253 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10254 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
10256 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, false);
10259 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
10260 frame's position. */
10262 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
10266 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
10267 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
10268 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
10269 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
10270 of an exact comparison. */
10273 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, bool fuzzy
)
10277 while (count
++ < 50)
10279 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
10281 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
10282 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
10285 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10286 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
10290 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
10293 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
10294 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
10297 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
10301 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
10302 will then return up-to-date position info. */
10304 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000000, 0, false, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
10308 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
10310 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
10312 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
10315 struct timespec tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
10316 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10318 f
->wait_event_type
= eventtype
;
10320 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
10321 Maybe it should be configurable. */
10322 tmo
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10323 tmo_at
= timespec_add (current_timespec (), tmo
);
10325 while (f
->wait_event_type
)
10327 pending_signals
= true;
10328 totally_unblock_input ();
10329 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
10331 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
10336 time_now
= current_timespec ();
10337 if (timespec_cmp (tmo_at
, time_now
) < 0)
10340 tmo
= timespec_sub (tmo_at
, time_now
);
10341 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
10342 break; /* Timeout */
10345 f
->wait_event_type
= 0;
10349 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to WIDTH/HEIGHT in the case F
10350 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to
10351 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
10352 size changes. Otherwise leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10355 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10356 int width
, int height
)
10358 int pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, width
);
10359 int pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, height
);
10360 int old_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
10361 int old_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10362 Lisp_Object fullscreen
= get_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
);
10364 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
10365 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, false);
10367 /* When the frame is fullheight and we only want to change the width
10368 or it is fullwidth and we only want to change the height we should
10369 be able to preserve the fullscreen property. However, due to the
10370 fact that we have to send a resize request anyway, the window
10371 manager will abolish it. At least the respective size should
10372 remain unchanged but giving the frame back its normal size will
10374 if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullwidth
) && width
== FRAME_TEXT_WIDTH (f
))
10376 frame_size_history_add
10377 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_1
, width
, height
,
10378 list2 (make_number (old_height
),
10379 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10381 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10382 old_width
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10384 else if (EQ (fullscreen
, Qfullheight
) && height
== FRAME_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
))
10386 frame_size_history_add
10387 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_2
, width
, height
,
10388 list2 (make_number (old_width
), make_number (pixelwidth
)));
10390 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10391 pixelwidth
, old_height
);
10396 frame_size_history_add
10397 (f
, Qxg_frame_set_char_size_3
, width
, height
,
10398 list2 (make_number (pixelwidth
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
)),
10399 make_number (pixelheight
+ FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
)
10400 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
))));
10402 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10403 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
));
10409 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
10410 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
10411 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
10412 we have to make sure to do it here. */
10413 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
10415 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
10416 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
10417 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
10418 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
10420 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
10421 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
10422 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
10423 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
10424 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
10426 Pass true for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
10429 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
10430 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
10431 for the ConfigureNotify. */
10432 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10434 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
10436 if (!NILP (fullscreen
))
10437 /* Try to restore fullscreen state. */
10439 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10440 x_set_fullscreen (f
, fullscreen
, fullscreen
);
10445 change_frame_size (f
, width
, height
, false, true, false, true);
10451 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
10452 If CHANGE_GRAVITY, change to top-left-corner window gravity
10453 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
10454 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
10457 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, bool change_gravity
,
10458 int width
, int height
, bool pixelwise
)
10462 /* The following breaks our calculations. If it's really needed,
10463 think of something else. */
10465 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
10467 int text_width
, text_height
;
10469 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
10470 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
10471 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/width to
10472 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
10473 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
10474 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
10475 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
10476 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
10477 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10478 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
10480 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
10482 text_width
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_WIDTH (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
10483 text_height
= FRAME_PIXEL_TO_TEXT_HEIGHT (f
, pixelh
);
10485 change_frame_size (f
, text_width
, text_height
, false, true, false, true);
10489 /* Pixelize width and height, if necessary. */
10492 width
= width
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
10493 height
= height
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
10497 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
10498 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, width
, height
);
10500 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10501 #else /* not USE_GTK */
10502 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, width
, height
);
10503 x_clear_under_internal_border (f
);
10504 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10506 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
10507 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
10509 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
10510 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
10511 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
10512 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
10513 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
10517 do_pending_window_change (false);
10520 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
10523 frame_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
10527 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
10528 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
10532 /* Raise frame F. */
10535 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10538 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10539 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10540 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10544 /* Lower frame F. */
10547 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10549 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10552 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
10553 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10558 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
10561 xembed_request_focus (struct frame
*f
)
10563 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
10564 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
10565 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10566 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
10567 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
10570 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
10573 x_ewmh_activate_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10575 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
10576 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
10578 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10580 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
10583 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10584 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
10585 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
10587 list2i (1, dpyinfo
->last_user_time
));
10592 XTframe_raise_lower (struct frame
*f
, bool raise_flag
)
10600 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10602 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
10604 /* XEmbed implementation. */
10606 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
10609 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
10611 unsigned long data
[2];
10612 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10614 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
10617 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10618 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
10619 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
10621 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
10624 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
10625 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
10629 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10630 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
10631 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
10632 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10633 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
10634 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
10635 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
10636 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
10637 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
10639 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
10640 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
10641 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
10644 /* Change of visibility. */
10646 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
10647 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
10648 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
10649 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
10650 but it will become visible later when the window manager
10651 finishes with it. */
10654 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
10656 int original_top
, original_left
;
10661 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10663 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10665 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
10666 call x_set_offset a second time
10667 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
10668 before the window gets really visible. */
10669 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10670 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10671 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
10672 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10674 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= true;
10676 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10677 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
10678 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10679 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10680 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10683 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10684 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10686 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10688 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10689 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10691 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10692 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
10694 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10695 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
10696 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10699 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10701 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
10702 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
10703 so that incoming events are handled. */
10706 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
10707 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
10708 will set it when they are handled. */
10709 bool previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
10711 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
10712 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
10714 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
10717 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
10719 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
10720 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
10721 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
10722 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
10724 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
10725 because the window manager may choose the position
10726 and we don't want to override it. */
10728 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10729 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10730 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
10731 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
10732 && previously_visible
)
10736 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
10740 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
10741 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
10742 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
10743 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
10744 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
10745 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
10746 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
10747 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10748 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
10750 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
10751 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
10752 original_left
, original_top
);
10757 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
10759 /* Process X events until a MapNotify event has been seen. */
10760 while (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10762 /* Force processing of queued events. */
10765 /* If on another desktop, the deiconify/map may be ignored and the
10766 frame never becomes visible. XMonad does this.
10767 Prevent an endless loop. */
10768 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) && ++tries
> 100)
10771 /* This hack is still in use at least for Cygwin. See
10772 http://lists.gnu.org/archive/html/emacs-devel/2013-12/msg00351.html.
10774 Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
10775 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
10776 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
10777 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
10778 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
10780 if (input_polling_used ())
10782 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
10783 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
10784 handler reset it. */
10785 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
10786 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
10787 poll_for_input_1 ();
10788 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
10791 if (XPending (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)))
10794 XNextEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), &xev
);
10795 x_dispatch_event (&xev
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10801 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
10803 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
10806 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
10810 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
10811 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
10813 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10814 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10815 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10819 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
10820 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
10821 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
10822 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
10823 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
10824 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, 0, true);
10827 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10828 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10831 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10832 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
10837 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
10838 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
10841 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
10845 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
10846 just by the event that we get from the server.
10847 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
10848 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
10849 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
10850 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10851 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, false);
10858 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
10861 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
10863 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10867 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
10868 if (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
10869 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10871 if (FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
10876 x_set_bitmap_icon (f
);
10878 #if defined (USE_GTK)
10879 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
10881 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10882 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
10884 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
10885 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10886 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10892 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10894 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10896 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
10897 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
10898 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
10899 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
10900 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
10901 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
10902 so we have to record it here. */
10903 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10904 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10909 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10910 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
10911 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
10915 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
10917 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10918 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10921 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10923 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10925 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
10926 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
10927 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
10928 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
10929 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
10930 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
10932 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
10933 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
10935 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
10936 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
10940 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
10941 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
10942 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
10943 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
10944 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
10946 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
10947 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
10949 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
10953 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
10957 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
10959 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
10961 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
10963 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
10964 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
10967 SET_FRAME_ICONIFIED (f
, true);
10968 SET_FRAME_VISIBLE (f
, 0);
10970 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
10972 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10976 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
10979 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
10981 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
10982 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10983 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10985 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
10990 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
10991 commands to the X server. */
10992 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10994 /* Always exit with visible pointer to avoid weird issue
10995 with Xfixes (Bug#17609). */
10996 if (f
->pointer_invisible
)
10997 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->toggle_visible_pointer (f
, 0);
10999 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
11000 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
11002 free_frame_faces (f
);
11004 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
11005 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
11007 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11008 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
11009 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
11010 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
11011 toolkit scroll bars. */
11012 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
11014 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
11015 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
11021 free_frame_xic (f
);
11024 x_prepare_for_xlibdraw (f
);
11025 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11026 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11028 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11029 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
11031 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
11032 we are using a toolkit. */
11033 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11034 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11036 free_frame_menubar (f
);
11038 if (f
->shell_position
)
11039 xfree (f
->shell_position
);
11040 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11043 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
11044 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11046 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
11047 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11048 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11050 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11051 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
11052 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
11053 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
11054 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
11055 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
11057 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
11058 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
11059 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
11060 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
11061 #if defined (USE_LUCID) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
11062 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
11063 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11064 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
11065 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
11066 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
11067 #endif /* USE_LUCID && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
11068 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11069 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
11070 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
!= -1)
11071 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
11075 /* Free extra GCs allocated by x_setup_relief_colors. */
11076 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
)
11078 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
);
11079 f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
= 0;
11081 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
)
11083 XFreeGC (dpyinfo
->display
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
);
11084 f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
= 0;
11087 /* Free cursors. */
11088 if (f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
!= 0)
11089 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->text_cursor
);
11090 if (f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
!= 0)
11091 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
11092 if (f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
!= 0)
11093 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->modeline_cursor
);
11094 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
!= 0)
11095 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hand_cursor
);
11096 if (f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
!= 0)
11097 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_cursor
);
11098 if (f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11099 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->horizontal_drag_cursor
);
11100 if (f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
!= 0)
11101 XFreeCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->vertical_drag_cursor
);
11103 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
11106 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
11107 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
11108 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
11110 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
11111 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
11112 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
11113 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
11114 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
11115 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
11116 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
11117 reset_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
);
11123 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
11126 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
11128 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
11130 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
11131 commands to the X server. */
11132 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
11133 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
11135 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
11139 /* Setting window manager hints. */
11141 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
11142 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
11143 that the window now has.
11144 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
11145 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
11146 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
11150 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
11152 XSizeHints size_hints
;
11153 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11158 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11159 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
11161 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
11166 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
11167 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
11169 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
11170 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
11172 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
11173 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
11175 size_hints
.width_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11176 size_hints
.height_inc
= frame_resize_pixelwise
? 1 : FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11178 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11179 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11180 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
11181 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11183 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
11185 int base_width
, base_height
;
11186 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
11188 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
11189 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
11191 if (frame_resize_pixelwise
)
11192 /* Needed to prevent a bad protocol error crash when making the
11193 frame size very small. */
11195 min_cols
= 2 * min_cols
;
11196 min_rows
= 2 * min_rows
;
11199 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
11200 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
11201 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
11202 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
11203 zero-row, zero-column frame.
11205 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
11206 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
11207 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
11209 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
11210 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
11211 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
11212 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
11213 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
11216 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
11219 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11224 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
11225 long supplied_return
;
11228 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
11232 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
11237 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
11238 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
11239 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
11240 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
11241 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
11242 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11243 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
11244 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
11251 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
11252 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
11256 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
11257 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
11259 #endif /* PWinGravity */
11261 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
11263 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
11265 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
11268 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
11270 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11273 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
11274 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11275 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11276 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
11278 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
11279 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
11281 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11282 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11286 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
11288 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
11290 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
11291 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11296 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
11297 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
11298 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
11299 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
11303 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
11311 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
11315 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
11319 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
11320 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11321 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
11322 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
11325 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11327 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
11328 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11330 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
11334 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
11336 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
11338 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
11339 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
11340 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
11342 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
11346 /***********************************************************************
11348 ***********************************************************************/
11352 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
11356 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
11358 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
11359 if (font
->driver
->check
)
11360 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
11363 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
11366 /***********************************************************************
11368 ***********************************************************************/
11370 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11371 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
11372 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11373 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
11375 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
11376 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11377 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
11379 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11380 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11381 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11382 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11383 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11384 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
11385 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
11388 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
11390 static bool x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
11392 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11394 static int x_initialized
;
11396 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
11397 the screen number from the server number. */
11399 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
11401 bool seen_colon
= false;
11402 Lisp_Object sysname
= Fsystem_name ();
11403 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (sysname
);
11404 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (sysname
);
11405 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
11407 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
11408 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
11409 length_until_period
++;
11411 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
11412 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
11414 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
11416 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
11417 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11418 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11419 name1
+= system_name_length
;
11420 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
11421 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
11422 name2
+= system_name_length
;
11423 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
11424 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11425 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11426 name1
+= length_until_period
;
11427 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
11428 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
11429 name2
+= length_until_period
;
11431 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
11435 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
11439 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
11440 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
11443 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
11444 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
11447 get_bits_and_offset (unsigned long mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
11452 while (!(mask
& 1))
11468 /* Return true iff display DISPLAY is available for use.
11469 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
11472 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
11474 /* XOpenDisplay fails if it gets a signal. Block SIGIO which may arrive. */
11475 unrequest_sigio ();
11476 Display
*dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
11480 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
11486 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
11487 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
11489 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
11490 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
11494 /* Create invisible cursor on X display referred by DPYINFO. */
11497 make_invisible_cursor (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11499 Display
*dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
11500 static char const no_data
[] = { 0 };
11505 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
11506 pix
= XCreateBitmapFromData (dpy
, dpyinfo
->root_window
, no_data
, 1, 1);
11507 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pix
!= None
)
11511 col
.red
= col
.green
= col
.blue
= 0;
11512 col
.flags
= DoRed
| DoGreen
| DoBlue
;
11513 pixc
= XCreatePixmapCursor (dpy
, pix
, pix
, &col
, &col
, 0, 0);
11514 if (! x_had_errors_p (dpy
) && pixc
!= None
)
11516 XFreePixmap (dpy
, pix
);
11519 x_uncatch_errors ();
11524 /* True if DPY supports Xfixes extension >= 4. */
11527 x_probe_xfixes_extension (Display
*dpy
)
11531 return XFixesQueryVersion (dpy
, &major
, &minor
) && major
>= 4;
11534 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11537 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using Xfixes functions. */
11540 xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11544 XFixesHideCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11546 XFixesShowCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
11547 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11550 #endif /* HAVE_XFIXES */
11553 /* Toggle mouse pointer visibility on frame F by using invisible cursor. */
11556 x_toggle_visible_pointer (struct frame
*f
, bool invisible
)
11558 eassert (FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0);
11560 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11561 FRAME_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
11563 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
11564 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
11565 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
11568 /* Setup pointer blanking, prefer Xfixes if available. */
11571 x_setup_pointer_blanking (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
11573 /* FIXME: the brave tester should set EMACS_XFIXES because we're suspecting
11574 X server bug, see http://debbugs.gnu.org/cgi/bugreport.cgi?bug=17609. */
11575 if (egetenv ("EMACS_XFIXES") && x_probe_xfixes_extension (dpyinfo
->display
))
11576 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= xfixes_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11579 dpyinfo
->toggle_visible_pointer
= x_toggle_visible_pointer
;
11580 dpyinfo
->invisible_cursor
= make_invisible_cursor (dpyinfo
);
11584 /* Current X display connection identifier. Incremented for each next
11585 connection established. */
11586 static unsigned x_display_id
;
11588 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
11589 the structure that describes the open display.
11590 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
11592 struct x_display_info
*
11593 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
11596 struct terminal
*terminal
;
11597 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
11603 if (!x_initialized
)
11609 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
11610 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
11614 #define NUM_ARGV 10
11616 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
11617 char **argv2
= argv
;
11620 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
11622 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
11626 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
11627 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
11629 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
11633 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
11635 if (! NILP (display_name
))
11637 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
11638 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
11641 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
11642 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
11644 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11646 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
11647 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
11648 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
11649 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
11651 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
11652 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
11653 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
11655 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
11657 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11658 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
11662 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
11666 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
11668 #if ! GTK_CHECK_VERSION (2, 90, 0)
11669 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
11671 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
11672 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
11674 s
= build_string (file
);
11675 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
11677 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
11678 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
11682 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
11683 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
11686 #else /* not USE_GTK */
11687 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
11688 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
11690 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
11691 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
11692 So let's not use it until R6. */
11693 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11694 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
11705 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
11706 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
11708 turn_on_atimers (false);
11709 unrequest_sigio (); /* See comment in x_display_ok. */
11710 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
11711 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
11712 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
11715 turn_on_atimers (true);
11717 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
11718 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
11723 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11724 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
11725 unrequest_sigio (); // See comment in x_display_ok.
11726 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
11728 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
11729 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
11731 /* Detect failure. */
11738 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
11740 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
11741 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
11744 struct x_display_info
*share
;
11746 for (share
= x_display_list
; share
; share
= share
->next
)
11747 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (share
->name_list_element
)),
11748 SSDATA (display_name
)))
11751 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
11754 terminal
->kboard
= allocate_kboard (Qx
);
11756 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
11758 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
11760 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
11761 list of terminals. */
11762 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
11763 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
11764 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
11765 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
11767 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
11768 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
11770 kset_system_key_alist
11772 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
11773 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
11775 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
11776 terminal_list
= terminal
;
11780 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
11781 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
11782 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
11783 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
11784 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
11786 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
11789 /* Put this display on the chain. */
11790 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
11791 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
11793 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
);
11794 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
11795 dpyinfo
->connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
11797 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
11798 terminal
->name
= xlispstrdup (display_name
);
11801 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
11804 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
11805 Lisp_Object system_name
= Fsystem_name ();
11806 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (system_name
))
11807 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
11808 dpyinfo
->x_id
= ++x_display_id
;
11809 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
11810 + SBYTES (system_name
) + 2);
11811 char *nametail
= lispstpcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, Vinvocation_name
);
11813 lispstpcpy (nametail
, system_name
);
11815 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
11816 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
11818 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
11820 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
11821 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
11822 #endif /* USE_GTK */
11824 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
11825 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
11827 dpyinfo
->horizontal_scroll_bar_cursor
11828 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_h_double_arrow
);
11830 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
11831 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
11832 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
11833 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
11835 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
11837 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
11839 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
11841 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
11842 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
11843 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
11844 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11845 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11846 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
11847 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
11849 reset_mouse_highlight (&dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
);
11851 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
11852 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
11854 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
11855 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
11856 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
11857 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
11858 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
11859 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
11862 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
11863 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
11865 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
11867 AUTO_STRING (privateColormap
, "privateColormap");
11868 AUTO_STRING (PrivateColormap
, "PrivateColormap");
11870 = display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, privateColormap
,
11871 PrivateColormap
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
11872 if (STRINGP (value
)
11873 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
11874 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
11875 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
11879 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
11880 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
11884 /* If we are using Xft, the following precautions should be made:
11886 1. Make sure that the Xrender extension is added before the Xft one.
11887 Otherwise, the close-display hook set by Xft is called after the one
11888 for Xrender, and the former tries to re-add the latter. This results
11889 in inconsistency of internal states and leads to X protocol error when
11890 one reconnects to the same X server (Bug#1696).
11892 2. Check dpi value in X resources. It is better we use it as well,
11893 since Xft will use it, as will all Gnome applications. If our real DPI
11894 is smaller or larger than the one Xft uses, our font will look smaller
11895 or larger than other for other applications, even if it is the same
11896 font name (monospace-10 for example). */
11898 int event_base
, error_base
;
11902 XRenderQueryExtension (dpyinfo
->display
, &event_base
, &error_base
);
11904 v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
11905 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
11906 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
11910 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
11912 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
11913 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11914 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11915 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11916 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11917 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11918 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
11919 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
11920 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
11924 static const struct
11929 #define ATOM_REFS_INIT(string, member) \
11930 { string, offsetof (struct x_display_info, member) },
11931 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_PROTOCOLS", Xatom_wm_protocols
)
11932 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_TAKE_FOCUS", Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
11933 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
11934 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_DELETE_WINDOW", Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
11935 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CHANGE_STATE", Xatom_wm_change_state
)
11936 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
11937 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_MOVED", Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
11938 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("WM_CLIENT_LEADER", Xatom_wm_client_leader
)
11939 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("Editres", Xatom_editres
)
11940 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD", Xatom_CLIPBOARD
)
11941 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TIMESTAMP", Xatom_TIMESTAMP
)
11942 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TEXT", Xatom_TEXT
)
11943 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("COMPOUND_TEXT", Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
)
11944 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("UTF8_STRING", Xatom_UTF8_STRING
)
11945 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DELETE", Xatom_DELETE
)
11946 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MULTIPLE", Xatom_MULTIPLE
)
11947 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("INCR", Xatom_INCR
)
11948 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_EMACS_TMP_", Xatom_EMACS_TMP
)
11949 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("TARGETS", Xatom_TARGETS
)
11950 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("NULL", Xatom_NULL
)
11951 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM", Xatom_ATOM
)
11952 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("ATOM_PAIR", Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
)
11953 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
)
11954 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED_INFO", Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
)
11955 /* For properties of font. */
11956 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PIXEL_SIZE", Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
)
11957 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("AVERAGE_WIDTH", Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
)
11958 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
)
11959 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
)
11960 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
)
11961 /* Ghostscript support. */
11962 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("DONE", Xatom_DONE
)
11963 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("PAGE", Xatom_PAGE
)
11964 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Scrollbar
)
11965 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("HORIZONTAL_SCROLLBAR", Xatom_Horizontal_Scrollbar
)
11966 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XEMBED", Xatom_XEMBED
)
11968 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE", Xatom_net_wm_state
)
11969 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
11970 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
11971 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
11972 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
11973 Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
11974 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
11975 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
11976 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", Xatom_net_window_type
)
11977 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
11978 Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
)
11979 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
)
11980 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_NAME", Xatom_net_wm_name
)
11981 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTED", Xatom_net_supported
)
11982 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
)
11983 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
)
11984 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", Xatom_net_active_window
)
11985 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", Xatom_net_frame_extents
)
11986 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_CURRENT_DESKTOP", Xatom_net_current_desktop
)
11987 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_NET_WORKAREA", Xatom_net_workarea
)
11988 /* Session management */
11989 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("SM_CLIENT_ID", Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
)
11990 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", Xatom_xsettings_prop
)
11991 ATOM_REFS_INIT ("MANAGER", Xatom_xsettings_mgr
)
11995 enum { atom_count
= ARRAYELTS (atom_refs
) };
11996 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN. */
11997 enum { total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
};
11998 Atom atoms_return
[total_atom_count
];
11999 char *atom_names
[total_atom_count
];
12000 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
12001 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
12002 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
12004 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12005 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
12007 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name. */
12008 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
12009 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
12010 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
12012 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
12013 False
, atoms_return
);
12015 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
12016 *(Atom
*) ((char *) dpyinfo
+ atom_refs
[i
].offset
) = atoms_return
[i
];
12018 /* Manually copy last atom. */
12019 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
12022 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
12023 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
12024 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
12026 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
12027 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
12030 x_setup_pointer_blanking (dpyinfo
);
12033 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
12036 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12038 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
12039 if (dpyinfo
->connection
!= 0)
12040 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12043 fcntl (dpyinfo
->connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
12044 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
12046 if (interrupt_input
)
12047 init_sigio (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12051 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
12054 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
12055 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
12056 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
12057 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
12058 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
12059 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
12060 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
12061 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
12062 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
12064 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
12065 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
12066 /* Do not free XFontStruct returned by the above call to XQueryFont.
12067 This leads to X protocol errors at XtCloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12068 x_uncatch_errors ();
12072 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
12073 for debugging X code. */
12075 AUTO_STRING (synchronous
, "synchronous");
12076 AUTO_STRING (Synchronous
, "Synchronous");
12077 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, synchronous
,
12078 Synchronous
, Qnil
, Qnil
);
12079 if (STRINGP (value
)
12080 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12081 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12082 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
12086 AUTO_STRING (useXIM
, "useXIM");
12087 AUTO_STRING (UseXIM
, "UseXIM");
12088 Lisp_Object value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
, useXIM
, UseXIM
,
12091 if (STRINGP (value
)
12092 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
12093 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
12096 if (STRINGP (value
)
12097 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
12098 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
12104 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
12105 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
12106 tty or started as a daemon. */
12107 if (terminal
->id
== 1 && ! IS_DAEMON
)
12108 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12112 x_extension_initialize (dpyinfo
);
12120 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
12121 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
12124 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12126 struct terminal
*t
;
12128 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
12130 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
12131 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
12134 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
12135 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
12136 x_session_close ();
12138 delete_terminal (t
);
12142 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
12143 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12145 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
12146 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
12149 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
12151 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
12152 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
12153 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
12156 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
12157 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
12158 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
12162 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12164 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
12165 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
12166 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
12167 that slows us down. */
12170 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
12173 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= false;
12174 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
12176 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
12177 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
12178 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
12179 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
12184 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
12185 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
12186 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
12187 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
12188 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
12189 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
12190 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
12193 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
12196 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
12198 struct timespec interval
= make_timespec (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
12199 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
12200 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= true;
12205 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
12208 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
12210 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
12212 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
12216 x_clear_end_of_line
,
12218 x_after_update_window_line
,
12219 x_update_window_begin
,
12220 x_update_window_end
,
12222 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
12223 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
12224 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
12225 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
12227 x_cr_define_fringe_bitmap
,
12228 x_cr_destroy_fringe_bitmap
,
12230 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
12231 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
12233 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
12234 x_draw_glyph_string
,
12235 x_define_frame_cursor
,
12236 x_clear_frame_area
,
12237 x_draw_window_cursor
,
12238 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
12239 x_draw_window_divider
,
12240 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
,
12246 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
12248 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
12250 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
12252 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
12253 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
12254 if (!terminal
->name
)
12259 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
12262 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
12265 /* Normally, the display is available... */
12266 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
12268 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
12269 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
12271 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
12272 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
12273 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
12274 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
12276 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
12277 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
12278 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
12279 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
12280 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
12281 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
12282 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
12283 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
12284 leaks in other situations. */
12286 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
12287 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
12289 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
12291 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
12292 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
12293 closing all the displays. */
12294 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
12298 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
12300 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12301 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12303 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
12305 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
12306 /* Do not close the connection here because it's already closed
12307 by X(t)CloseDisplay (Bug#18403). */
12308 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
12311 /* ...but if called from x_connection_closed, the display may already
12312 be closed and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. Since
12313 X server is most likely gone, explicit close is the only reliable
12314 way to continue and avoid Bug#19147. */
12315 else if (dpyinfo
->connection
>= 0)
12316 emacs_close (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12318 /* No more input on this descriptor. */
12319 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
12320 /* Mark as dead. */
12321 dpyinfo
->connection
= -1;
12323 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
12327 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
12328 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
12330 static struct terminal
*
12331 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
12333 struct terminal
*terminal
;
12335 terminal
= create_terminal (output_x_window
, &x_redisplay_interface
);
12337 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
12338 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
12340 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
12342 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
12343 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
12344 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
12345 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
12346 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
12347 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
12348 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
12349 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
12350 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
12351 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
12352 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
12353 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
12354 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
12355 terminal
->menu_show_hook
= x_menu_show
;
12356 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
12357 terminal
->popup_dialog_hook
= xw_popup_dialog
;
12359 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
12360 terminal
->set_horizontal_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_horizontal_scroll_bar
;
12361 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
12362 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
12363 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
12364 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
12365 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
12366 /* Other hooks are NULL by default. */
12372 x_initialize (void)
12377 any_help_event_p
= false;
12378 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
12381 current_count
= -1;
12384 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
12385 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
12387 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
12388 XtToolkitInitialize ();
12390 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
12392 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
12393 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
12394 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
12395 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
12396 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
12397 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
12398 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
12400 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
12403 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12405 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
12406 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
12411 x_cr_init_fringe (&x_redisplay_interface
);
12414 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
12415 original error handler. */
12416 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
12417 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
12424 /* Emacs can handle only core input events, so make sure
12425 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
12426 xputenv ("GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1");
12431 syms_of_xterm (void)
12433 x_error_message
= NULL
;
12435 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
12436 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
12439 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
12440 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
12442 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
12445 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
12446 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
12447 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
12448 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
12449 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
12450 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
12451 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
12453 x_use_underline_position_properties
= true;
12455 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
12456 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
12457 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
12458 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
12459 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
12460 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
12461 x_underline_at_descent_line
= false;
12463 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
12464 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
12465 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
12466 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
12467 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
12468 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
12469 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
12470 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
12471 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= false;
12473 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
12474 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
12475 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
12476 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
12477 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
12478 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
12479 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
12481 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
12482 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
12483 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
12485 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
12487 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
12490 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
12493 DEFSYM (Qmodifier_value
, "modifier-value");
12494 DEFSYM (Qalt
, "alt");
12495 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
12496 DEFSYM (Qhyper
, "hyper");
12497 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
12498 DEFSYM (Qmeta
, "meta");
12499 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
12500 DEFSYM (Qsuper
, "super");
12501 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
12503 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
12504 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
12505 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12506 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
12507 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
12508 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
12510 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
12511 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
12512 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12513 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
12514 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
12515 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
12517 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
12518 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
12519 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12520 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
12521 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
12522 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
12524 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
12525 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
12526 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
12527 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
12528 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
12529 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
12531 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
12532 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
12533 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
12534 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
12535 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
12538 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-frame-normalize-before-maximize",
12539 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
,
12540 doc
: /* Non-nil means normalize frame before maximizing.
12541 If this variable is t, Emacs first asks the window manager to give the
12542 frame its normal size, and only then the final state, whenever changing
12543 from a full-height, full-width or full-both state to the maximized one
12544 or when changing from the maximized to the full-height or full-width
12547 Set this variable only if your window manager cannot handle the
12548 transition between the various maximization states. */);
12549 x_frame_normalize_before_maximize
= false;